Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Strix Group PLC

Strix Group PLC

ketl · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ketl
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Strix Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Innovative  
& Sustainable 
Technology

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

About Us
Strix is a global leader in  
the design, manufacture  
and supply of kettle safety 
controls and other components, 
devices involving water heating 
and temperature control,  
steam management and  
water filtration. 

Strix is admitted to trading on the AIM Market  
of the London Stock Exchange (AIM: KETL).

Alongside this established and 
sustained leadership in the kettle 
control business, Strix has expanded  
its landscape, further strengthening  
its product portfolio with the acquisition 
of Billi, the award-winning global 
premium water filtration brand with 
operations in Australia, New Zealand 
and the UK. 

With continued focus on profitable 
segments in the consumer goods 
market, via world-class brands and its 
own brands, LAICA and Aqua Optima, 
Strix is committed to delivering products 
that are innovative, sustainable, reliable 
and of a high safety standard.

Our mission:
Innovating safety and design  
for a sustainable future.

Our vision:
Establishing a world-leading 
innovative and sustainable 
technology business.

P10

Chairman’s Statement

P30

New Products Roadmap

P52

LAICA

Contents

Strategic Report 
02  2023 Highlights
03  Company Overview
06  Business Model
10  Chairman’s Statement
12  Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
16 
18  Financial KPIs
19  Non-Financial KPIs
22  Market Review
24  Case Study:  

Investment Case

The Hütt 01 Passivhaus, Coburg

26  Growth Strategy
28  Delivering Our Strategy
30  New Products Roadmap
32  Responsible Business
50  Stakeholder Engagement
52  Case Study: LAICA Group
54  Risk Management Approach
55  Principal Risks
61  Capital Allocation Framework
62  Chief Financial Officer’s Report

Corporate Governance
64  Board of Directors
65  Senior Management Team
66  Board Activities
67  Corporate Governance Statement
68  How We Govern
70  Nomination Committee Report
71  Audit Committee Report
72  Directors’ Remuneration Report 2023
80  QCA Principles and Strix
85  Directors’ Report
87  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements
88 
91  Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income
92  Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position
93  Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity
94  Consolidated Statement  

of Cash Flows

95  Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

IBC  Legal and Professional Advisors

01

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report2023 Highlights 

Financial highlights

Revenue

£144.6m 

Adjusted profit before tax

£21.9m 

35.2%

2023

2022

(1.1%)

2023

2022

£144.6m

£106.9m

Adjusted profit after tax

£20.1m 

(12.7%)

2023

2022

Adjusted EBITDA margin

27.3%

(270 bps)

£20.1m

2023

£23.0m

2022

Adjusted earnings per share

Total dividend per share for the year 

0.9p 

(85%)

9.2p

2023

10.9p

2022

9.2p 

(15.7%)

2023

2022

02

£21.9m

£22.2m

27.3%

30.0%

0.9p

6.0p

•  Recovery in the kettle controls 

regulated markets started during  
H2 2023, recording quarter-on-
quarter growth against the prior year. 
This has continued into 2024.

•  The Group has undertaken an 
internal divisional restructuring 
programme to realign the business 
and focus on core competencies. 

•  The Strix Consumer Goods division 
has been streamlined to focus on  
a targeted and diversified range  
of consumer-facing product  
lines in order to drive ongoing 
profitable growth.

Highlights
•  During 2023, Strix demonstrated 
robust revenue growth, largely  
driven by the acquisition of Billi, and 
continues to be highly profitable.

•  Management prioritised the 

integration of Billi during FY 2023.  
This was to unlock the anticipated 
revenue and cost synergies, 
maximising the Group’s highly cash 
generative operational model.

•  In FY 2023, Billi delivered double- 

digit revenue and profit growth on a 
constant currency basis, and Strix 
anticipates this will continue due to 
the expanded target-addressable 
market that Billi provides.

•  During the year, LAICA achieved 
EBITDA growth of 24.8%. This  
was attributed to the seamless 
integration of LAICA within the  
wider Strix Group together with a 
commitment to both cost control 
and process enhancement at the 
local level.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Company Overview

A global leader with a  
resilient portfolio providing 
sustainable innovative 
technology for everyday use

Strix’s long-term vision is to diversify its revenue streams  
across the two divisions, Strix Controls and Premium Filtration 
Systems (PFS) (Billi) and Strix Consumer Goods, through the 
implementation of its growth and sustainability strategies. The 
Group’s medium-term targets aim to be achieved through organic 
growth and a commitment to providing a safer and sustainable 
future for its stakeholders. This reinforces its focus on expanding 
its revenue streams in consumer goods, whilst continuing to 
defend and expand its market share in kettle controls.

% of lines automated in China

77% 

Number of employees

1,000+ 

Total revenue (2023) 

£144.6m

Strix Controls and Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi)
Takes the lead in pioneering innovative safety 
controls and water management solutions. 

Strix Consumer Goods
Encompasses our dedication to creating 
exceptional products that enhance 
everyday living.

03

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany Overview continued

Strix Controls and Premium Filtration Systems (Billi) 
Strix’s core product line of safety controls for small domestic appliances  
(primarily kettles) continues to make up the largest part of the Group’s business. 
Strix remains the strong market leader, rigorous in its targeted approach across 
key markets and regions. Within the new divisional structure, Controls is paired 
with Billi, the hot, chilled, filtered and sparkling water dispensing specialists, 
acquired in November 2022. A natural fit within the Strix Group’s technology, 
water, filtration and appliance business, Billi holds the second largest share in  
its home markets of Australia and New Zealand and is growing rapidly in the UK.

Commercially, Strix Controls and Billi’s routes-to-market remain distinct,  
with separate sales, service and support teams. However, both businesses  
are primarily B2B, where Strix’s global presence supports Billi’s geographical 
expansion. Shared research and development (R&D), compliance, intellectual 
property, manufacturing and sourcing expertise provides opportunities to reduce 
costs and scale up. Technology synergies (water heating, thermal control and 
energy efficiency) help to accelerate Billi’s new product development – united 
with Strix Controls in enabling consumers around the world to make and enjoy 
their drinks safely, conveniently and sustainably.

Strix Consumer Goods 
Dedicated to pioneering sustainability and innovation to create products that 
enhance wellbeing in homes worldwide, Strix’s Consumer Goods division is focused 
on two core product categories: water filtration and small domestic appliances. 

In response to the increasing consumer demand for healthier and more 
sustainable choices, Strix is offering a range of innovative products. Supported 
with strategic market positioning and brand differentiation, our flagship brands 
‘LAICA’ and ‘Aqua Optima’ are designed to empower individuals to make conscious 
decisions for themselves and the environment. Additionally, we leverage our 
extensive manufacturing capabilities to offer tailored solutions to third-party 
brands and retailers as a trusted Original Equipment Manufacturer partner. 

With manufacturing facilities in China and Italy, sales offices across all continents, 
and two Innovation Centres, the Strix Consumer Goods division operates as a  
truly global solutions provider. Each production unit adheres to stringent quality 
standards and follows a unified methodology to ensure efficiency and consistency 
in delivering products worldwide.

04

Strix Controls

£70.1m

(FY 2022: £68.2m)

Premium and Industrial  
Filtration Systems 

£42.1m

(FY 2022: £3.2m) 

  Kettle Controls regulated 
markets 2023: £51.4m 
(FY 2022: £51.0m)

  Kettle Controls less regulated 
markets 2023: £7.2m 
(FY 2022: £6.0m)

  Kettle Controls China 
2023: £11.5m (FY 2022: £11.2m)

  Premium and Industrial 
Filtration Systems 
2023: £42.1m (FY 2022: £3.2m) 

 2023 (outer circle)

 2022 (inner circle)

37.5%

4.5%

15.7%

8.4%

71.4%

45.9%

10.2%

6.4%

Notes: The Industrial Filtration Systems sales achieved RMB7 million in 2023, 33% growth against 2022. However, they only show a 21% 
increase in pounds sterling terms due to this being a purely Chinese business and unfavourable exchange rate movements. The growth  
is mainly from water treatment application in the livestock industry. There are more and more farming companies starting to realise the 
importance of water quality to animals. It is expected that the Industrial Filtration Systems business will continue to grow year-on-year, 
especially when the livestock market expands.

Consumer Goods

£32.4m

(FY 2022: £35.5m)

  EMEA 2023: £30.1m 
(FY 2022: £31.9m)

  APAC 2023: £1.9m 
(FY 2022: £3.1m)

  Americas 2023: £0.4m 
(FY 2022: £0.5m) 

  2023 (outer circle)

  2022 (inner circle)

5.6%

1.2%

1.4%

8.7%

89.9%

93.2%

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Locations

Bothell, USA
– Sales
– Consumer Goods

Isle of Man
– Head Office, Manufacturing,
Sales, Research & Development
– Strix Controls & Consumer Goods

Wolverhampton, UK
– Sales & Rentals
– Premium Filtration 
– Systems

London, UK
– Showrooms
– Premium Filtration Systems

Guangzhou, China
– Manufacturing & Sales
– Strix Controls & 
Consumer Goods

Valencia, Spain
– Sales
– Consumer Goods

Vicenza, Italy
– Manufacturing & Sales
– Consumer Goods

Melbourne, Australia
– Manufacturing, Sales & Rentals
– Premium Filtration Systems

Segmented markets of Strix Controls  
(the Group’s largest segment) 

  Regulated markets
  Less regulated markets
  China 

Hong Kong
– Sales & Administration
– Strix Controls & Consumer Goods

Shanghai, China
– Manufacturing & Sales
– Industrial Filtration Systems

Taipei, Taiwan
– Sales & Administration
– Consumer Goods

Auckland, New Zealand
– Sales & Rentals
– Premium Filtration Systems

05

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportBusiness Model

About us

Our USP

Strix Controls and Premium Filtration Systems (Billi): 
•  Strong, market-leading position in kettle controls, used over 1 billion 

times around the world, every day.

•  Patent-protected technology, appliance concept ideation and 
in-house industrial design services make Strix the strategic  
partner of choice for global brands and small domestic  
appliance manufacturers.

•  Billi designs and manufactures instant boiling, chilled and sparkling 

filtered water systems.

•  Billi is an award-winning premium water filtration brand across 
Australia, New Zealand and the UK. Now emerging as a global 
player with expanding geographical reach.

Strix: 
•  A truly global solution provider.
•  Manufacturing expert with precision engineering capabilities, 

intricate knowledge and know-how.

•  Adheres to stringent quality and safety standards.
•  Emphasis on products that meet end users’ needs.
•  Go-to-market routes through own brands and key partners.
•  Renowned for innovation, sustainability, quality and service. 

Strix Consumer Goods: 
•  Consumer-focused approach across multiple go-to-market channels.
•  Multiple recognised brands across the globe.
•  Advanced water filtration portfolio.
•  Convenient, simple and sustainable product solutions across water 

filtration and small appliances.

•  Strong manufacturing capability with exceptional facilities in both Italy 
and China to drive OEM business across both appliance and water 
filtration categories.

06

Strix Controls: 
A market leader with direct relationships with Original  
Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs), brands and retailers.  
Extensive market knowledge enables Strix to work closely with 
stakeholders across all areas, helping to build and maintain market 
share while acting as a barrier to entry for competitors.

Premium Filtration Systems (Billi):
Proprietary, water-cooled technology and cutting edge filtration are 
coupled with distinctive design, premium service and support. Billi’s 
easy-to-install under-bench units are virtually silent in operation 
and up to 40% more energy efficient than alternative solutions.

Strix Consumer Goods: 
Our two core brands, LAICA and Aqua Optima, offer innovative 
consumer products to multiple market segments globally across 
online and offline channels. In addition, the division benefits from 
private label and trade brand agreements with multiple large retailers 
and brands. Increasing distribution of our innovative products, private 
label distribution and brand awareness will drive our growth within the 
consumer goods market.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Growth opportunities

How we create value

Strix Controls:

•  New applications of controls in small 
domestic appliances (SDA) such as 
travel flasks and milk frothers.

• 

Increasing penetration of kettles into 
new markets.

Premium Filtration Systems (Billi):

•  Billi continues to emerge as a global 

player in new markets.

•  Sustainability initiatives to reduce 

plastic waste caused by single-use 
plastic bottles.

•  Expansion of market share in less 

•  Consumers actively moving away 

regulated markets as rising consumer 
expectations demand new features.

from sugary beverages and towards 
healthier alternatives, such as filtered 
water.

•  Recurring revenue streams from Billi 
including rental, servicing contracts 
and filters replacements.

Strix Consumer Goods:

•  Expand OEM contracts. 

•  Grow brand awareness and cross-sell 
LAICA and Aqua Optima brands across 
key target territories.

• 

Introduce new, health focused 
products across water filtration  
and small appliances.

•  Further expansion into Asian markets. 

•  Focus on profitable growth: product 
rationalisation underway to focus on 
most profitable and differentiated 
stock keeping units (SKUs).

•  Strategically targeting incremental 
market segments where we can 
address customer needs and  
add value.

Strix
Strix passionately invests in research and innovation, ensuring the delivery of top-notch and high-
quality products. With proactive streamlining and optimisation initiatives, Strix is regularly seeking 
means to improve its operational efficiency, reduce costs and enhance productivity. 

Investors
Robustness of Strix’s business helps to achieve strong cash inflows together with sustainable  
profits, allowing Strix to deliver an attractive return to its investors. Coupled with this business  
model, divisions are able to adapt and meet market-specific needs in an agile manner and therefore 
enhance the Group’s performance.

Customers
Strix shares its control and water filtration knowledge to help its customers achieve faster product 
releases and to design products which are in line with market trends. In parallel, Strix strives for products 
with designs that directly address the needs of its valued customers and provide consumer goods that 
add significant value to the lives of the end users.

Employees
Strix focuses on recruiting and retaining top talent who are aligned with its values, vision and goals.  
Strix also invests in employee training, development and engagement initiatives to empower our 
workforce and foster a culture of excellence and agility, to adapt and respond to constantly changing 
market dynamics, customer preferences and competitive pressures. 

Suppliers
Strix works closely with its suppliers to build strong relationships which brings value to both parties. 
Besides supporting suppliers in their compliances, Strix and its suppliers work together to devise 
solutions and intelligence in improving supply chain and logistics processes and systems. 

07

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportBusiness Model: Strix Controls and Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) 

A divisional structure was implemented within Strix in 2023 to drive 
focus, clear direction and efficiencies. With dedicated divisional 
resources, supported by streamlined Group functions, this model 
enables Strix to serve customers with greater operational agility, 
increase offerings efficiently, gain competitive advantage and 
deliver enhanced performance.

Strix Controls
The Strix Controls business comprises the 
design, manufacture and sales of electrical 
heating and safety controls for SDA, primarily 
kettles but also adjacent applications such  
as milk frothers and appliances for healthy 
eating and travel.

Strix maintains a strong, market-leading 
position in the kettle controls market  
and is unique in the breadth and depth of 
expertise, products and services offered  
to the SDA industry. Through extensive 
market intelligence, technical knowledge  
and manufacturing experience, Strix  
creates value through technology and  
design innovation, safety and product quality, 
sustainability and a global support service. 
Leveraged through direct relationships with 
OEMs, brands and retailers within the electric 
kettle control supply chain, customers 
regularly seek advice on product design, 
specification, and manufacturing solutions. 
This helps build and maintain market share 
and acts as a barrier to entry for competitors 
by ensuring that Strix controls are specified 
and used in new and existing designs.

08

Long-term growth
Sustainable growth comes from 
strengthening the Strix unique customer 
value proposition and adopting a split 
strategy approach across the three major 
markets listed below.

Regulated markets
The goal is to uphold and improve majority 
share through the development of innovative 
new products with features that enhance our 
customer value and more widely promote  
the Strix Global Support Service.

Less regulated markets
Strix has the opportunity to grow more 
aggressively in this market, through 
leveraging established OEM partnerships, 
enhancing Strix brand recognition and 
through introducing a new range of low- 
cost controls.

China domestic market
China consumers demand new solutions 
where traditional products are being left 
behind. A rigorous value-based approach  
to product development and automation 
process improvements will drive Strix’s  
share in this extremely cost-competitive 
market, supported by the launch of  
new low-cost controls.

Billi
Billi is a globally renowned designer and 
manufacturer of premium instant boiling, 
chilled and sparkling filtered water systems, 
headquartered in Melbourne, Australia. 
Customers in commercial, institutional, retail 
and hospitality sectors are served via direct 
sales and service organisations. Distribution 
and service partnerships further support  
Billi’s expanding geographical reach. Recurring 
revenue streams include rental and servicing 
contracts and also replacement filters, 
increasingly sold via the web-shop. 

Proprietary water-cooled technology means 
that Billi’s under-bench units are virtually 
silent in operation and up to 40% more energy 
efficient than alternative solutions. Billi does 
not require cupboard ventilation and the 
products save space and simplify installation. 
Cutting-edge filtration technology provides 
superior drinking water quality and taste.

Geographical expansion
Business development activities in South  
East Asia are already gaining traction. With 
Billi UK firmly established as a technical and 
commercial support hub, expansion is now 

possible into Europe – a growth market for 
under-bench water dispensers. The Middle 
East also offers opportunities, driven by 
growth in the sustainable building sector.

Residential market
Billi has been a leading player in the 
Commercial and Institutional markets for 
many years, supplying corporate offices, 
government, educational and healthcare 
customers. The energy saving, small footprint, 
quiet operation and easy-to-install value 
proposition of the Billi range fits well with 
residential requirements. Expanding the  
‘Billi at Home’ product range for sale through 
existing and new retail partnerships offers 
significant growth potential.

Group synergy
Established Group functions including 
Research & Development, IP Protection and 
Compliance improve efficiency and bolster 
Billi’s new product development capability. 
Existing Strix relationships and networks 
support Billi’s geographic expansion plans 
outside its established markets of Australia, 
New Zealand and the UK.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Business Model: Strix Consumer Goods

Functioning as a comprehensive solutions provider throughout the 
value chain, the Strix Consumer Goods division supplies finished 
products in the water filtration and small appliance sectors, mainly 
to OEMs, brands and various retailers worldwide. Such partners 
harness Strix’s offerings, in conjunction with a diverse array of 
combined solutions, to create innovative products that captivate 
consumers worldwide.

Strix continues its relentless expansion of 
Consumer Goods product offerings, while 
seamlessly blending the roles of OEM, 
technology provider and consumer goods 
provider across its diverse brand portfolio. 
This growth, primarily driven by strategic 
acquisitions like the LAICA group of 
companies, combines internally developed 
and sourced products, bolstering innovation 
and expertise in chemistry, international 
sourcing and engineering. With LAICA on 
board, Strix has significantly widened its 
footprint in the Consumer Goods market, 
introducing new product ranges and 
strengthening existing distribution channels.

Strix is dedicated to maintaining its competitive 
edge by leveraging its R&D and manufacturing 
capabilities to introduce innovative and 
environmentally sustainable consumer goods. 
In a market increasingly concerned with water 
quality and environmental impact, Strix is at  
the forefront of water filtration technology and 
products, addressing issues such as chemical 
contaminants and microplastics. The Group is 
also focused on expanding into new markets, 
capitalising on its portfolio of cutting-edge 
products and technologies to drive 
category growth.

Strix aims to supply products that enhance 
safety, convenience and sustainability in 
consumers’ homes. With brands like LAICA, 
Aqua Optima and also private labels, a diverse 
range of options spanning health & wellness, 
kitchen, beverage, hot water on demand, food 
preservation and baby care is available to cater 
for various consumer needs and price points. 
By investing in core technologies and drawing 
on past successes like the Tommee Tippee 
Perfect Prep machine and Aurora launches,  
the groundwork for future advancements has 
been set.

Strix has significantly widened its
footprint in the Consumer Goods 
market, introducing new product 
ranges and strengthening existing 
distribution channels.

09

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportChairman’s Statement

 “The acquisition  
of Billi transforms  
the scale of the 
Water and Appliance 
categories and 
increases the growth 
profile of the Group.”

Gary Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

10

Introduction
During 2023, Strix strengthened its resilient product portfolio 
through the integration of Billi, increased its focus on profitability  
in the consumer goods market and continued to defend its market 
share in kettle controls. 

Following on from an extremely challenging 
2022, we are pleased to report that Strix has 
demonstrated good revenue growth and 
strong margins, reflecting the underlying 
profitability of the Group. The business 
remains strongly cash generative thereby 
providing the opportunity to expand its 
addressable market across all divisions.

The resurgence of the Controls regulated 
markets started in H2 of 2023, resulting in 
quarter-on-quarter growth against the prior 
year that has continued into Q1 of 2024.  
Billi’s robust revenue and profit growth  
is also expected to continue, helped by  
a staged expansion into key European  
markets. A divisional restructuring at  
the start of 2024 has streamlined and 
refocused the Consumer Goods division  
to drive ongoing profitable growth.

The Group remains focused on delivering 
against its key strategic business objectives 
of developing leading, innovative technology 
in the fields of water heating, safety control 
systems and drinking water treatment. 

In the Strix Controls segment, Strix will look  
to enhance revenue through introducing new 
products which are focused on sustainability, 
safety and convenience, and provide the 

opportunity to expand the addressable 
markets within the less regulated and  
the China domestic markets. It will also 
leverage the Group’s global manufacturing 
footprint to drive cost efficiency and  
improve sustainability.

In the Premium Filtration Systems (Billi) 
segment, the key focus will be on expansion 
into Europe and further product development 
to support both residential and commercial 
market opportunities. 

Following a divisional restructure in the Strix 
Consumer Goods division, a refreshed and 
streamlined strategy focused on driving 
ongoing profitable growth will see LAICA 
becoming a centre of excellence for the 
Group. Strix will expand its market share 
through innovation, world class sourcing  
and commercial excellence. In order to drive 
profitability, the division will look to rationalise 
products and expand geographically.

The increase in net debt following the 
acquisition of Billi, combined with the high 
interest rates environment, has resulted in 
the Group reviewing its capital allocation 
framework so as to prioritise cash retention 
and net debt leverage reduction in the  
short term.

An initial target of reducing net debt leverage 
to 1.5x EBITDA has been established, after 
which leverage appetite will remain in the 
range of 1.0x to 2.0x for the medium term.

In order to support the focus on maximising 
cash generation and debt reduction, the 
Board has decided to implement a temporary 
pause in the final and interim dividend 
payments in 2024, with the aim being that  
a sustainable dividend pay-out ratio of 30%  
of adjusted PAT will return in 2025.

This pause will enable the Group to accelerate 
its deleveraging profile to ensure that it  
will be in a stronger financial position.  
It will also provide the flexibility for prudent 
strategic investment into new products, 
technologies and manufacturing capabilities 
to support an accelerated growth profile in 
the medium term as the market continues  
to recover.

The Group has been in discussions with its 
banking syndicate to improve flexibility and 
has agreed a normalisation of the net debt 
leverage covenant to 2.75x EBITDA for the 
duration of the remaining facility. 

The Group is also delighted to welcome Clare 
Foster to the role of Chief Financial Officer. 
Clare was most recently the Group Chief 
Financial Officer at Trifast Plc and that role 
combined with over 25 years of experience 
working in international businesses, makes 
her a valuable addition to Strix’s leadership 
team. The Group was also pleased to appoint 
Rachel Pallett as CCO of Strix Controls and 

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Premium Filtration Systems (Billi). Rachel  
has 30 years of international experience in  
the business of engineering and has held 
senior executive positions at Spirax Sarco 
Engineering Plc.

Strix’s 2024 sustainability agenda remains  
a key focus as it delivers on its Scope 1 and 2 
targets, analyses its Scope 3 emissions and 
continues to work on its other KPIs. The pace 
and delivery of these goals reflects the strong 
employee ethos and commitment to the 
agenda. An updated ESG report is available  
on the Strix website.

The Board is pleased with the Group’s 
performance in 2023, and on its behalf, I would 
like to thank all employees for their continued 
diligence and dedication. Coupled with the 
new divisional structure that is to focus on 
expanding the addressable markets across  
all divisions, I am confident that we have the 
right people, in the right places, with the right 
skill sets, who are motivated and engaged  
to deliver on our strategic objectives going 
forward and will support an accelerated 
growth profile in the medium-term.

Gary Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

 “The Board remains 
focused on maximising 
cash generation to 
support debt reduction, 
with a planned return to 
a sustainable dividend 
pay-out ratio of 30% of 
adjusted profit after tax 
in 2025.”

Gary Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

11

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s Statement

 “Strix is a resilient 
and highly cash 
generative business 
with the opportunity 
to expand its 
addressable market 
across all divisions.”

Mark Bartlett
Chief Executive Officer

12

Executive summary
Despite the macro challenges, Strix’s investment proposition, 
which was seen so positively by the equity capital markets post 
its IPO, remains fundamentally unchanged. Its core business  
is a resilient one and maintains its dominant market position 
with stable market share by value.

In FY 2023, Strix demonstrated robust revenue 
growth, largely driven by the acquisition of 
Billi, and continues to be highly profitable  
as well as strongly cash generative.

During the year the Group undertook an 
internal divisional restructuring programme  
to realign its business and focus on its  
core competencies. The aim is to steer 
valuable resources more towards profitable 
growth opportunities. 

FY 2023 also saw changes at the senior 
management level, with Raudres Wong 
stepping down as CFO in October and Mark 
Kirkland taking on the interim CFO role while  
a new appointment was confirmed. Post year 
end, we were delighted to welcome Clare 
Foster, who has been appointed to the role 
CFO, as well as Rachel Pallett, who has been 
appointed as CCO of Strix Controls and 
Premium Filtration Systems (Billi).

During 2024, Strix is undertaking a rebasing  
of the core business in order to provide a 
strong platform for medium-term growth 
opportunities as the market continues  
to recover.

The Board remains focused on maximising 
cash generation to support debt reduction 
which will result in a temporary pause in 
dividend payments during the 2024 calendar 
year. A planned return to a sustainable 
dividend pay-out ratio of 30% of adjusted 
profit after tax will take place in 2025.

This pause will enable the Group to  
accelerate its deleveraging profile and  
provide the financial flexibility to enable  
the business to make measured strategic 
investments into new products, technologies 
and manufacturing capabilities to support  
an accelerated growth profile in the  
medium term.

Financial performance
The Group has seen strong growth with 
revenues increasing by 35.2% year-on-year to 
£144.6m (FY 2022: £106.9m), mainly as a result 
of the full year inclusion of Billi revenues of 
£41.3m (FY 2022: 1 month revenue of £2.7m).

The Group’s adjusted EBITDA margin remains 
strong at 27.3% (FY 2022: 30.0%) reflecting 
the robust underlying profitability of the 
Group amidst the macro challenges. 

Despite the significant increase in net finance 
costs, the Group’s adjusted profit before tax 
shows only a slight year-on-year decrease  
of £0.3m to £21.9m (FY 2022: £22.2m).

Adjusted profit after tax for the full year was 
£20.6m on a constant currency basis and 
£20.1m on a reported basis.

Cash generation was strong (operating cash 
conversion was 106%) and year-end net debt 
was reduced by £3.7m to £83.7m.

Strix Controls
Strix Controls revenue increased to £70.1m 
(FY 2022: £68.2m).

Whilst the macroeconomic and geopolitical 
environment that Strix and its peers operate in 
remains challenging, revenue growth in Strix 
Controls outpaced the market, growing at 
2.7% by value. The recovery in regulated 
markets started in H2 of 2023 (albeit slower 
than originally anticipated) recording quarter-
on-quarter growth against the prior year.
Key initiatives going forward include:
•  New patent protected Series Z controls 
range undergoing customer testing,  
with preparations for volume manufacture 
underway;
‘Technology Showcase’ to demonstrate 
how Series Z controls enable new 
applications and growth opportunities 
beyond traditional kettles; and

• 

•  A new range of low-cost controls tailored 
to the domestic China and less regulated 
markets requirements which increases the 
target addressable market.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Premium Filtration Systems (PFS) 
(Billi) 
The strategic acquisition of Billi delivered 
double-digit revenue and profit growth on  
a constant currency basis over the period. 
Strix anticipates that this trajectory will 
continue given the expanded target 
addressable market that Billi provides.

The new Billi UK head office in 
Wolverhampton, a new UK warehousing, 
distribution and refurbishment facility in 
Thurrock, and the flagship Billi showroom 
and event space in London are now open. 
The right-sizing of Australian storage and 
distribution facilities in New South Wales, 
Western Australia and South Australia is 
also complete. First installations of the new 
OmniOne unit, offering boiling, chilled and 
sparkling water for commercial and residential 
applications, and the introduction of the new 
Luxgarde UVC purification system for defence 
against waterborne bacteria and pathogens, 
are underway.

Key initiatives going forward include:
•  Global launch of the new Multi-Function  
Tap, compatible with the full range of  
Billi under-counter modules;
Introduction of the new OmniOne  
under-counter unit to export markets 
(commercial and residential applications);

• 

•  New product development programme 
targeting the residential market via 
selected channel partners;

•  European expansion via strategic sales  
and service partners, with technical and 
commercial support from Billi UK; and
•  Business development in South East Asia 
and the Middle East through established 
distribution channels.

Strix Consumer Goods
Overall, the Strix Consumer Goods division 
reported an 8.7% decrease in revenue to 
£32.4m in 2023 (FY 2022: £35.5m), driven 
primarily by a softening of the appliances 
category market. However, this was partially 
offset by improved water category revenues.

In 2023, Aqua Optima secured a distribution 
agreement with a leading UK retail outlet.  
It was also agreed they would be a strategic 
brand partner for a European private label deal 
within the water category for distribution into 
France and expansion into Turkey. Aurora 
Coffee also launched in North America.

Key initiatives going forward include:
•  Drive the Original Equipment Manufacturer 
(OEM) business: two major contracts  
have been secured which will deliver  
c.40% of 2024 growth; and

•  New product development focus on 

bolstering core profitable categories, 
including launches across filtration and 
vacuum sealer categories.

A divisional restructuring at the start of  
2024 has streamlined and refocused the  
Strix Consumer Goods division to drive 
ongoing profitable growth.

Senior management changes
Further to the prior announcement, Strix is 
also pleased to welcome the appointment  
of Clare Foster as Chief Financial Officer.  
Clare has over 25 years of experience working 
in international businesses and was most 
recently the Group Chief Financial Officer  
at Trifast Plc making her a valuable addition  
to Strix’s leadership team. 

The Group actively monitors  
the markets in which it operates  
for violation of its intellectual  
property rights.

13

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

She joined Strix on 1 February 2024 and 
following a handover period, formally took 
office and joined the Board on 2 April 2024 at 
which point Mark Kirkland stepped down as 
Interim Chief Financial Officer. Mark continues 
as a Non-Executive Director on the Strix Board.

In addition, Rachel Pallett has been appointed 
as Chief Commercial Officer of Strix Controls  
and Premium Filtration Systems (Billi). Rachel  
has 30 years of international experience  
in the business of engineering. She has held 
senior executive positions at Spirax Sarco 
Engineering Plc, where she was Director of 
Business Development for Steam Specialties 
– responsible for the design, development and 
commercialisation of steam systems, controls 
and thermal energy management solutions. 
Prior to Spirax, she held several leadership  
and technical positions at Renishaw Plc,  
the precision metrology and healthcare 
technology group.

Barriers to entry and defence  
of intellectual property
Strix constantly assesses the risks posed  
by competitive threats. This drives the 
determination to constantly evolve its 
innovative technologies in a sustainable way 
by investing in its portfolio of intellectual 
property to protect its new products.

The Group actively monitors the markets  
in which it operates for violation of its 
intellectual property rights. Strix has unique 
relationships with its brands, OEMs and 
retailers and provides its support across  
the value chain and throughout the product 
lifecycle, including product design and advice 
on specification and manufacturing solutions. 

14

These value-added services and existing 
strong relationships ensure brands, 
OEMs and retailers continue to rely  
on Strix’s components and support.

Sustainability
Strix core products are associated with the 
consumption of critical resources, primarily 
electricity and water. Strix’s drive for continual 
improvement within this area has ensured 
alignment with a sustainability-led agenda. 
Recent years have seen an increase in the 
emphasis and broadening of the scope of its 
sustainability agenda. This was highlighted  
by the adoption of a wide range of key 
performance indicators (KPIs) and  
associated targets in 2021.

The Group’s sustainability strategy and 
adopted KPIs are generating greater emphasis 
and efforts on a broad range of aspects. 
Employee training has been a focus, with  
a significant increase in training hours 
assisted by the adoption of a more structured 
approach which has included the Kallidus 
e-learning system and a new training 
management structure in China. Health and 
safety continues to be a top priority with the 
three-year average trend continuing in a 
positive direction. 

Key strategic business objectives
Strix reconfirms its commitment to the key strategic business objectives outlined below:

Strix Controls:
•  Profitably grow revenue through the introduction of innovative new products 
focused on sustainability, safety and convenience – including a new range of 
controls to increase the addressable markets within the less regulated and the 
China domestic markets.

•  Leveraging the Group’s global manufacturing footprint to drive cost efficiency  

and improve sustainability.

Premium Filtration Systems (Billi):
•  Leverage new product development and expand the geographical distribution in 

both residential and commercial markets.

•  Priority will be placed on expansion into Europe and further product development 

to support the residential market opportunities.

Strix Consumer Goods:
•  Following a divisional restructure, a refreshed and robust strategy will see LAICA  

in Italy becoming a highly profitable centre of excellence for the Group.

•  Grow market share through innovation, world-class sourcing and commercial 

excellence.

•  Focus will be on geographical expansion and rationalisation of products to 

maximise profitability.

Developing leading, innovative 
technology in the fields of water 
heating, safety control systems 
and drinking water treatment.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023The recovery in the Strix Controls regulated 
markets started in H2 of 2023 (albeit slower 
than originally anticipated) recording 
quarter-on-quarter growth against the prior 
year and this has continued into Q1 of 2024.

PSF (Billi)’s double-digit revenue and profit 
growth is expected to continue, helped by a 
staged expansion into key European markets.

Divisional restructuring at the start of  
2024 has streamlined and refocused the  
Strix Consumer Goods division to drive 
ongoing profitable growth.

Whilst the Board remains focused on 
deleveraging, prudent strategic investment 
continues into new products, technologies 
and manufacturing capabilities to support  
an accelerated growth profile in the  
medium term.

Mark Bartlett
Chief Executive Officer

Strix values its employees and their 
contribution and looks to develop their 
wellbeing. This is reflected in improved 
facilities offered by the new Chinese facility, 
whilst other geographies have seen changes 
in the working week, increased holiday 
entitlement and the introduction of two 
charity days a year.

Strix’s sustainability agenda for 2024 remains 
high on the agenda as it delivers on its Scope 1 
& 2 targets, analyses its Scope 3 emissions 
and continues to focus on its other KPIs.  
The pace and delivery of these goals reflects 
the strong employee ethos and commitment 
to the agenda. An updated ESG report was 
uploaded to the Strix Group Plc website on 
27 March 2024.

Outlook
A rebasing of the core business is being 
undertaken in 2024 to build strong foundations 
for medium-term growth opportunities as the 
market continues to recover.

Despite the macro challenges, the 
fundamentals of the Group that were seen  
so positively by the capital markets post-
listing remain unchanged. The core business 
is a resilient one and maintains its dominant 
market position, with a stable kettle controls 
market share by value.

 “The strategic acquisition 
of Billi has delivered 
double-digit revenue 
and profit growth on a 
constant currency basis 
over the period which is 
anticipated to continue, 
helped by a staged 
expansion into key 
European markets.”

Mark Bartlett
Chief Executive Officer

15

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportInvestment Case

Strix is focused  
on its highly  
cash generative 
operating model 
and management 
will prioritise 
integration  
and unlocking 
anticipated revenue 
and cost synergies.

16

1.

Maintained 
dominant market 
position in global 
kettle controls with 
high barriers to entry

•  Global market value share of the kettle controls remained stable as the Group retained dominance  

in the market. 

•  Whilst the macroeconomic and geopolitical environment that Strix and its peers operate in remains 

challenging, revenue growth in Strix Controls outpaced the market, growing at 2.7% by value.
•  The recovery in regulated markets started in H2 of 2023 (albeit slower than originally anticipated) 

recording quarter-on-quarter growth against the prior year.

•  Key initiatives going forward include: 

 ɯ New patent protected Series Z controls range undergoing customer testing, with preparations  

for volume manufacture underway;

 ɯ ‘Technology Showcase’ to demonstrate how Series Z controls enable new applications and  

growth opportunities beyond traditional kettles; and

 ɯ A new range of low-cost controls tailored to the domestic China and less regulated markets 

requirements which increases the target addressable market.

2.

Significant growth 
opportunities in the 
Premium Filtration 
Systems (PFS) 
(Billi) and Consumer 
Goods segments

•  The strategic acquisition of Billi delivered double-
digit revenue and profit growth on a constant 
currency basis over the period. Strix anticipates 
that this trajectory will continue given the 
expanded target-addressable market that  
Billi provides.

•  Key initiatives going forward include:

 ɯ Global launch of new Multi-Function Tap, 
compatible with the full range of Billi 
under-counter modules;

 ɯ Introduction of the new OmniOne under-

counter unit to export markets (commercial 
and residential applications);

 ɯ New product development programme 

targeting the residential market via selected 
channel partners;

 ɯ European expansion via strategic sales  
and service partners, with technical and 
commercial support from Billi UK; and
 ɯ Business development in South-East Asia 
and the Middle East through established 
distribution channels.

• 

In 2023, Aqua Optima secured a distribution 
agreement with a leading UK retail outlet. It was 
also agreed they would be a strategic brand 
partner for a European private label deal within 
the water category for distribution into France 
and expansion into Turkey. Aurora Coffee also 
launched in North America.

•  Key initiatives going forward include:

 ɯ Drive OEM business; two major contracts 
secured which will deliver c.40% of 2024 
growth;

 ɯ New product development focus on 

bolstering core profitable categories, 
including launches across filtration  
and vacuum sealer categories; and
 ɯ A divisional restructuring at the start of  
2024 has streamlined and refocused the 
Strix Consumer Goods division to drive 
ongoing profitable growth.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20235.

Disciplined  
Capital Allocation 
Framework

•  A rebasing of the core business is being 

undertaken in 2024 to build strong foundations 
for medium-term growth opportunities as the 
market continues to recover.

•  The Board remains focused on maximising cash 
generation to support debt reduction which will 
result in a temporary pause in dividend payments 
during the 2024 calendar year. 

•  A planned return to a sustainable dividend pay-out 
ratio of 30% of adjusted profit after tax will take 
place in 2025.

•  This pause will enable the Company to  

accelerate its deleveraging profile and provide  
the financial flexibility to enable the business  
to make measured strategic investments into  
new products, technologies and manufacturing 
capabilities to support an accelerated growth 
profile in the medium-term.

•  A target of initially reducing net debt leverage  
to 1.5x EBITDA has been put in place. After this 
period, leverage appetite for the Group will remain 
at between 1.0x to 2.0x for the medium term. 

3.

Strong ESG 
credentials  
with structural  
growth tailwinds

4.

Market-leading 
adjusted EBITDA 
margin

•  Comprehensive Board-led sustainability strategy 
embedded within core business activities and 
aligned with key and relevant UN Sustainable 
Development Goals. 

•  Range of initiatives that focus on the full 
spectrum of Environmental, Social and 
Governance with baselines established to track 
improvements and to clearly monitor progress 
year-on-year. 

•  Achieved ambitious net zero Scope 1 & 2 target in 
2023 with a reduction in emissions of 95% over 
two years and investment to supply 10% of our 
requirements from our own solar infrastructure.

•  Focus turning to reducing Scope 3 emissions.
•  An updated ESG report is available on the 

Strix website.

•  Significant investment in automation, as well  

as ongoing focus on other efficiency measures, 
strategic initiatives and acquisition synergies 
underpinning EBITDA margin uplift. 
Increasing the appliances product mix further, to 
focus on differentiated products, boosts margins 
as these are typically more complex technologies 
that can command a higher price point. 
Increased capacity at the new factory allows for 
insourcing of additional products and components 
with margin benefit. 

• 

• 

•  Extensive patent portfolio and safety actions 
underpin margins, with campaigns to report 
infringements and remove copyist products  
from the market.

17

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportFinancial Key Performance Indicators

Financial and non-financial key performance indicators 
(KPIs) are used to track and measure our progress over time. 
In addition, during 2023, clear ESG KPIs were established to track 
our improvements in line with our key sustainability pillars.

Strix Controls and Premium Filtration  
Systems (Billi)

Strix Controls revenues (£’000)

2023

2022

Change (2023/2022) 
0
2021

Premium Filtration Systems (Billi)  
revenues (£’000)

2023

2022

70,102

68,243

2.7%

42,106

3,224

Change (2023/2022) 
0
2021

1,206.0%

Consumer Goods revenues (£’000)

2023

2022

Change (2023/2022) 
0
2021

32,378

35,453

(8.7%)

Value of items sold 
during the year within 
the consumer 
goods category.

18

Definition

2023 performance

Definition

2023 performance

Value of items sold 
during the year within 
the Strix Controls 
category.

The increase is attributable 
to overall market growth of 
c.1% in value, c.5% in volume 
and further buoyed by 
double-digit growth in  
less regulated markets.

Value of items sold 
during the year within 
the Premium Filtration 
Systems category.

The increase is due to the 
inclusion of full year results 
of Billi. Prior year revenues 
included one month 
revenues due to acquisition 
of Billi on 30 November 2022. 
Billi has a successful history 
of growth, with double- 
digit revenue compound 
annual growth rate over  
past five years.

Overall, the Strix Consumer 
Goods division reported  
an 8.7% decrease, driven 
primarily by a softening of the 
appliances category market. 
However, this was partially 
offset by improved water 
category revenues. Further, 
LAICA achieved adjusted 
EBITDA growth of 24.8%  
versus 2022 and Aqua 
Optima achieved brand 
growth of 19% versus 2022 
with further geographical 
expansions planned.

Adjusted EBITDA margin1,2 

2023

2022

27.3%

30.0%

Change (2023/2022) 
0
2021

(270 bps)

Adjusted gross profit margin1 

2023

2022

Change (2023/2022) 
0
2021

39.6%

38.8%

80 bps

Adjusted EBITDA  
margin highlights the 
underlying operational 
performance of the 
Group after adjusting  
for adjusting items,  
the impact of financing 
decisions, and 
depreciation and 
amortisation.

Adjusted gross profit 
margin highlights the 
profit generated from  
our sales, after deducting 
the costs associated  
with making and selling 
our products, after 
adjusting costs.

The Group’s adjusted 
EBITDA margin remains 
strong at 27.3% (FY 2022: 
30%) reflecting the robust 
underlying profitability of 
the Group despite the  
macro challenges.

Adjusted gross profit margin 
in FY 2023 was 80 bps higher 
at 39.6% (FY 2022: 38.8%). 
The main driver of this is  
from our Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) segment 
where gross margins have 
increased strongly to 45.8% 
(FY 2022: 35.4%) as a result 
of the full year inclusion of 
Billi. With the addition of Billi, 
Premium Filtration Systems 
now represents the highest 
gross margin segment in  
the Group.

Footnotes
1 

 Adjusted results exclude adjusting items (please refer to note 6 to the Group financial statements).
Adjusted results are non-GAAP metrics used by management and are not an IFRS disclosure. A table which shows both 
adjusted and reported results is included in the Chief Financial Officer’s review.

2  EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before finance costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation, is a non-GAAP metric 

used by management and is not an IFRS disclosure.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
Operating cash conversion3

2023

2022

106%

94%

Change (2023/2022) 

0

1,200 bps

Total R&D expenditure (£’000)

2023

2022

4,485

4,888

Change (2023/2022) 

(8.2%)

2023: (3.1% of net sales)
2022: (4.6% of net sales)

Footnotes
3  Cash generated from operations as a percentage of EBITDA.

Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators

2023 sustainability highlights.

Definition

2023 performance

Definition

2023 performance

Net cash generated 
from operating activities 
is a measure of the  
cash generated by our 
operating activities, 
excluding the cash 
impacts of longer- 
term financing and 
investing activities. 

In line with previous years, 
the Group has maintained 
consistently high operating 
cash generation. This has 
been helped by strong 
working capital management, 
leading to further decreases 
in net working capital 
compared to cash outflows 
in the prior year.

Gender diversity 

2023

2022

2021

This refers to the 
number of women  
in management  
roles expressed as  
a percentage of all 
management-level 
employees.

26.7%

27.3%

27.3%

Change (2023/2022) 

(2.2%)

Fairly constant R&D to  
net sales ratio of 3–5% 
year-on-year in line with  
the medium-term goals. 

Total research and 
development (R&D) 
expenditure (including 
capitalised costs) as a 
percentage of reported 
revenue, which supports 
our investment in future 
technologies and 
products. 

Energy usage per unit (kwh/kpcs)

2023

2022

2021

Energy usage is 
expressed in terms 
of total kilowatt hours 
consumed divided  
by the total number  
of finished goods 
produced in the year.

29.1

29.2

29.8

Change (2023/2022) 

(0.3%)

Business travel (tCO₂e)

2023

2022

2021

Business travel is 
expressed as the 
equivalent of the 
carbon dioxide 
emissions (tCO₂e) 
which is calculated 
using the GHG Protocol 
for Scope 3 category.

574

98

93

Change (2023/2022) 

485.7%

The percentage of women 
in management roles 
across the Group remained 
relatively stable at 26.7% 
(FY 2022: 27.3%) whilst 
across the Group we 
retained a positive balance 
with women accounting  
for c.52% of the overall 
workforce.

Energy intensity showed 
a small improvement over 
the prior year despite the 
inclusion of Billi for the 
first time. Intensity, 
excluding Billi, improved 
c.7% over prior year 
demonstrating the 
improvement activities 
undertaken in the period.

The expansion of the 
Group’s geographical 
footprint with the 
acquisition of Billi, including 
actions associated with 
the integration into the  
Group, led to a significant 
increase in business  
travel. Despite this,  
the associated emissions 
remain well within our 
stated target of below 
pre-COVID levels  
(1,014 tCO2e in 2019).

19

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNon-Financial Key Performance Indicators continued

Waste

2023

2022

2021

Change (2023/2022) 

Electricity generated in house

2023

2022

2021

Change (2023/2022) 

1,339

1,301

1,969

2.9%

9.6%

9.3%

0.0%

3.2%

Definition

2023 performance

Definition

2023 performance

The total waste 
generated in  
the business.

Waste increased due to  
the acquisition of Billi but 
declined marginally on 
an underlying basis. The 
recycling rate increased  
by 1% to 95%. 

Water intensity (m3/£m)

2023

2022

2021

220

333

392

Change (2023/2022) 

(33.9%)

Water intensity is  
a measure of the  
water usage per £1 
overhead spend. 

Water intensity declined 
ahead of the overall water 
usage due to the impact of 
Billi.

Proportion of the 
Group’s total electricity 
requirement generated 
from in-house 
renewables – solar. 

The overall proportion 
of electricity generated 
in-house increased due 
to the addition of Billi. 
The underlying figures 
declined marginally 
despite additional  
solar array installations  
due to the vagaries of  
the weather.

Water usage was reduced 
despite the addition of Billi, 
itself a water orientated 
business. This reflected 
internal actions and reduced 
testing, a key usage for the 
Group. Underlying water  
intensity improved by  
10% excluding Billi.

Total lost time accidents

2023

2022

2021

This refers to the total 
number of accidents 
recorded that resulted  
in employees missing  
work due to injury.

14

9

11

Change (2023/2022) 

55.6%

2023 saw an increase in 
accidents, primarily in our 
Chinese facility. Whilst none 
of these accidents were 
serious and the long-term 
trend for accidents and the 
associated lost time rates 
are both still in a downward 
(positive) direction, any 
accident is one too many. 
Hence, management has 
taken actions to hire an 
Industrial Engineer in the 
China Health & Safety team 
to provide a unique insight 
into hazards associated with 
high levels of automation in 
addition to bespoke on the 
job training given to all 
relevant staff.

Water usage (m3)

Water usage is expressed 
in cubic meters.

2023

2022

2021

31,780

34,600

46,848

Change (2023/2022) 

(8.2%)

20

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202321

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportMarket Review

A real opportunity for future growth

Strix’s growth ambitions are at the forefront of all strategic 
decisions. Growth continues to be achieved primarily organically 
and through strategic acquisitions in the Group’s water and 
appliances categories, supported by its solid market-leading 
position in kettle controls.

Strix Controls
Overview
The global market for small domestic 
appliances (SDA) began a slow recovery 
in H2 2023 after a prolonged softening in 
2022, resulting from the cost of living crisis 
prompted by the Russia/Ukraine conflict. Data 
indicates that c.4% SDA market growth in 
2023 was driven by the popularity of air-fryers 
in the UK and Chinese healthy-eating 
appliances, implying that electric kettles and 
other SDA growth rates remained negative 
overall. Strix controls are primarily used in 
electric kettles where household penetration 
rates provide an indicator of potential growth. 
In 2023 Strix estimates global electric kettle 
penetration remained around 35% to 40%. 

Regulated kettle markets
Regulated markets are those where high 
safety and intellectual property protection 
standards are in place and where those 
standards are rigorously monitored and 
enforced. Examples of regulated markets 
include the UK, Western Europe, North 

22

America, Australasia, Turkey and Japan. In 
2023, the regulated kettle control markets 
ended the year on a positive trend but still flat 
year-on-year. Strix is the key supplier to the 
regulated markets, where customers favour 
high-quality controls to meet tighter 
regulations. In this mature market, Strix’s 
market value share remained at c.70%.

China domestic market
China is generally considered to be a less 
regulated market but continues to develop 
with improving safety standards and 
enforcement. In 2023, ongoing softness  
in China’s post-COVID economy saw the 
domestic kettle market decline c.2% and 
Strix’s value share soften slightly to c.35%.

Less regulated kettle markets
Less regulated markets are those where 
either high safety and/or intellectual property 
standards are not in place, or where they  
are in place but less rigorously enforced. 
Examples of less regulated markets include 
the CIS, Middle East, South East Asia, Africa 
and South America. 2023 saw this market 
rebound, gaining momentum in H2 to deliver 
c.7% year-on-year growth. In less regulated 
markets, Strix’s share remained at c.35% of 
the controls market. 

Market share by value
Regulated markets

c.70%

Less regulated markets

c.35%

China

c.35%

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Health and wellness
Consumers are actively moving away from 
sugary beverages and towards calorie-free 
alternatives, including filtered and sparkling 
water, creating new interest in water 
dispensing systems. Additionally, increasing 
concerns over waterborne diseases and 
contaminants propel demand for under-bench 
drinking water systems that offer superior 
filtration and purification capabilities. 

Established and emerging markets
There is a steady increase in requirement  
for under-bench drinking water appliances 
worldwide. Established markets include 
Australia, New Zealand and the UK. South  
Asia including Singapore and Hong Kong were 
also strong performers. The rest of the world 
is considered as an emerging market in the 
under-bench segment, with Europe and the 
Middle East currently considered as high 
potential growth opportunities.

Billi
Overview
The global drinking water dispenser market  
is projected to grow at a compound annual 
growth rate of c.9% from 2024 to 2030. Billi is 
recognised as a key exponent of the premium 
‘under-the-bench’ category in established 
markets and continues to emerge as a global 
player in new markets. Consumer interest in 
the convenience of accessing hot, chilled, 
sparkling and filtered water from a multi-
function dispenser is driven by increasing 
awareness regarding water quality and 
collective consciousness around sustainability, 
health and wellbeing. Other growth drivers 
within this segment include custom tapware 
finishes and design profiles, and the ability to 
conserve space requirements.

Sustainability
Sustainability initiatives targeting the 
reduction of single-use plastics seek to 
eliminate traditional bottled water and  
replace them with reusable vessels. Growing 
preferences for more eco-friendly solutions 
continue to drive the adoption of under-
bench drinking water systems, with the 
emphasis on energy efficiency and  
reduced waste. 

23

Projected growth for 
global drinking water 
dispenser market 
between 2024 and 2030

c.+9%

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCase Study: The Hütt 01 Passivhaus, Coburg

Felicity and Marc Bernstein, the Interior Designer, Architect and 
Directors of Melbourne Design Studio, have long held a passion  
for sustainability. Over the years, they have created a variety of 
environmentally responsible dwellings for their clients – including  
a home for themselves: Hütt 01 Passivhaus in the heart of Coburg, 
a North Melbourne neighbourhood. That’s why it was paramount  
for all of the elements of the design, including the kitchen fittings, 
to help achieve their sustainability goals. 

The Bernsteins wanted to cut down on 
single-use plastic and encourage their  
family of five to drink more water. “Because  
we never liked the taste of unfiltered tap 
water, we used to buy lots of bottled drinks 
– still water, sparkling water, lightly sparkling 
water, infused water and even soft drinks,” 
Marc and Felicity share.

Billi’s B5000 Sparkling system was the natural 
fit for the innovative, all-electric Passivhaus. 
While providing the occupants with an  
instant access to filtered boiling, chilled and 
sparkling water from a single dispenser, the 
environmentally responsible product also 
boasts a variety of features designed to save 
water and energy, as well as reduce waste. 

“Billi’s self-learning eco mode is great  
because the dispenser only heats up water 
when required,” Felicity and Marc enthuse. 
The product also features the Ica Bank 
technology which enables faster recovery  
of chilled water supply. That allows greater 
saturation of CO2 and more efficient recharge 
of sparkling water, reducing waste and impact 
on landfill all at once. 

“We also love that the product is GreenTag 
certified. It means the manufacturer is  
doing the right thing, and helps with our 
environmental choices. Minimising the need 
to buy bottled drinks substantially reduces 
our landfill, as well as water and energy waste. 
It therefore sits very well in our Passivhaus 
model home as it supports our sustainable 
lifestyle choices.”

 “Billi’s self-learning eco mode is great 
because the dispenser only heats up 
water when required.”

24

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Consumer Goods: A relentless pursuit 
of customer satisfaction
The strategy in the water category remains 
centred on functioning as an Original 
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), a technology 
provider and a consumer products enterprise 
across its diverse range of brands and 
partnerships. The LAICA brand is tailored  
to meet the needs of families, focusing on 
reducing water contaminants while preserving 
essential minerals crucial for health. With a 
diverse range of specialised filters, LAICA 
products address specific water concerns 
related to tea and coffee preparation, 
mineralisation and microplastics reduction. 
Aqua Optima, on the other hand, emphasises 
convenience, compatibility with existing jugs, 
simplicity and competitive pricing for private 
label solutions.

In late 2023, Strix ventured into the adjacent 
consumer market of sparkling water 
dispensers under the LAICA brand, aiming to 
develop market knowledge to facilitate the 
potential introduction of additional appliances 
offering filtered and carbonated water.

Looking ahead, the Strix roadmap for new 
water product aims to enhance filtration 
capabilities, expanding into new channels  
and addressing rising demands linked to the 
worldwide pollution of specific contaminants 
and evolving preferences for filtered water 
characteristics.

In the appliance category, Strix strives to 
develop products that not only meet but 
exceed expectations. The LAICA appliance 
roadmap has been crafted with this core 

ethos at its heart, aiming to provide consumers 
with a broader range of solutions that help 
them live a healthier, more sustainable life  
at home. The strong success and growth of  
the vacuum range instil us with confidence  
in the direction and lineup of LAICA products 
moving forward. 

The recent launch of Aurora Coffee, for 
example, a combined coffee maker and hot 
water dispenser under the Aqua Optima 
brand, has begun to attract consumer 
demand while tapping into the large coffee 
category across our target markets of North 
America and Western Europe. Within the  
baby care category, we endeavour to be  
the premier technical solutions provider for 
leading baby care brands seeking innovative 
electrical appliances. After the successful 
demand for the world’s fastest steriliser-dryer 
in collaboration with the renowned US baby 
care brand Baby Brezza, our core European 
business will reinforce its strong performance 
with new upcoming solutions to be launched 
in late 2024 and 2025. These endeavours 
solidify our position as a trusted partner in the 
baby care industry, delivering cutting-edge 
solutions to meet the evolving needs of busy 
parents worldwide.

As Strix continues to push the boundaries 
of innovation, expanding beyond the core 
appliance categories, the product roadmap 
within the ‘home’ category has been shaped 
and refined. Our strategic roadmap embraces 
diverse modes of execution, ranging from 
harnessing in-house innovation to a rapid 
sourcing approach, aimed at building a 
comprehensive, credible product lineup 
aligned with our brand direction and values. 

25

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportGrowth Strategy

Key Strategic Indicators

Strix Controls

Indicator

Organic revenue 
growth >GDP (%)

Adjusted EBITDA 
Margin of >25%

Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) 
revenues to grow  
at >10%

Net debt leverage 
reduction to 1.5x 
EBITDA

Strix still holds a strong market- leading position in the kettle controls market. However, the 
Company continues to reach out for further growth. We aim to achieve this by adopting a split 
strategy approach across our three market segments: regulated, less regulated and China.

Key 
metric

2023: 2.7% 
2022: (19.9%)

2023: 27.3% 
2022: 30%

2023: 10% 
2022: N/A

2023: 2.19x 
2022: 2.24x

Regulated markets

Definition

Group organic revenue 
growth is calculated 
as Group sales less 
acquisitions in the 
current financial year, 
against the prior year

Adjusted earnings 
before interest, tax, 
depreciation and 
amortisation 

Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) 
revenue growth is 
calculated as sales in 
the current financial 
year, against the prior 
year at constant 
exchange rate

Net debt/Adjusted 
EBITDA. Net debt is 
calculated excluding 
accrued interest, ROU 
lease liabilities, and net 
of loan arrangement 
fees, as defined in  
our banking facility 
agreement

Global GDP growth has 
been based on current 
forecasts at 3.2% for 
2023, 2024 and 2025 
from the IMF

Our focus on growth 
makes revenue growth 
in excess of prevailing 
macroeconomic 
conditions an 
important barometer 
of the Group’s success

Revenues in our Strix 
Controls segment 
grew close to global 
GDP at 2.7%, but 
offset by challenging 
market conditions in 
our Strix Consumer 
Goods division

Why?

Progress 
in FY2023

26

Our focus is on 
achieving highly 
profitable growth and 
maintaining our strong 
profitability at EBITDA 
level is key to this

Despite a small 
decrease in EBITDA 
margin, due to margin 
pressures in the Strix 
Consumer Goods 
division, the Group 
remained highly 
profitable in the year, 
reporting an EBITDA 
margin of 27.3%

The ongoing rapid 
expansion of Premium 
Filtration Systems 
(Billi) is a key strategic 
aim of the Group and 
formed a significant 
part of the original 
acquisition business 
case 

Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) grew  
by 10% at constant 
exchange rate in  
the year reflecting 
ongoing market  
share gains in the  
UK and Australia

The reduction in net debt 
leverage is a key priority 
of the Group to provide 
a secure foundation, 
reduce interest costs 
and improve access  
to funding fit for our 
medium-term aspirations

Net debt leverage  
was 2.19x EBITDA at 
31 December 2023,  
in compliance with our 
debt covenant threshold 
of 2.25x EBITDA

Within regulated markets, our goal is to  
uphold and improve our majority share while 
protecting average selling price through 
developing innovative new products with 
features that enhance our customer value 
proposition, and more widely promoting our 
Global Support Service.

Less regulated markets

Strix has over two times more share  
in regulated markets than the more 
fragmented less regulated segment, which 
provides opportunities for more aggressive 
growth in this segment. We will achieve 
this through leveraging our established 
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) 
partnerships, further expanding our  
Strix VQ product range and enhancing  
Strix brand recognition. 

China domestic market

China consumers demand new solutions 
where traditional products are being left 
behind. A rigorous value-based approach 
to product development will be taken to 
underpin our position in this extremely 
cost-competitive market.

Key initiatives 
•  New patent protected Next Gen controls 
range undergoing customer testing and 
preparations for volume manufacture 
underway.
‘Technology Showcase’ to demonstrate how 
Next Gen controls enable new applications 
and growth opportunities beyond traditional 
kettles.

• 

•  A new range of low-cost controls tailored  
to the domestic China and less regulated 
market requirements.

•  Strix’s in-house Industrial Design Service 

provides a customisable ‘ready-to-go’ kettle 
design catalogue, significantly reducing 
‘time-to-market’ without compromising 
quality or performance.

•  An unmatched global network of 

Applications Engineers, Technical 
Specialists and Key Account Managers 
ensure prompt support and a professional 
service wherever customers design and 
manufacture their product. 

•  Years of experience in SDA design and 
manufacture have honed our ability to  
solve problems and identify opportunities  
in partnership with all our stakeholders.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Premium Filtration Systems: Billi

Consumer Goods: Appliances and Water

Geographical expansion
Business development activities in South East 
Asia are already gaining traction with notable 
opportunities in the hospitality sector. 

With Billi UK firmly established as a technical 
and commercial support hub, expansion is  
now possible into Europe – a growth market  
for under-bench water dispensers.

The Middle East also offers opportunities, 
driven by growth in the sustainable building 
sector.

Commercial and residential markets
Billi has been a leading player in the 
commercial and institutional markets for  
many years, supplying corporate offices, 
government, educational and healthcare 
customers. Growth in refurbishment comes 
from ‘return-to-workplace’ initiatives, 
wellbeing and sustainability drivers.

The energy saving, small footprint,  
quiet operation and easy-to-install value 
proposition of the Billi range fits well with 
residential requirements. Expanding the ‘Billi 
at Home’ product range for sale through 
existing and new retail partnerships offers 
significant growth potential.

Group synergy
Established Group functions including 
Research & Development, IP Protection and 
Compliance improve efficiency and bolster  
Billi new product development capability. 

Existing Strix relationships and networks 
support Billi’s geographic expansion plans 
outside their established markets of Australia, 
New Zealand and the UK.

Growth drivers 
•  Global launch of new Multi-Function Tap, 
compatible with the full range of Billi 
under-counter modules.
Introduction of the new OmniOne under-
counter unit to export markets (commercial 
and residential applications).

• 

•  New product development programme 

targeting the residential market via selected 
channel partners.

•  European expansion via strategic sales  
and service partners, with technical and 
commercial support from Billi UK.

•  Business development in South East Asia 
and the Middle East through established 
distribution channels.

Market dynamics vs. new strategy

Macro

Key initiatives

•  Changing purchasing habits and 

•  Correctly position brands for best 

disposable income challenges mean 
less consumer loyalty and a rise in 
private label and challenger brands. 
•  Our brands are well positioned to take 
market share versus the market leader 
in water filtration.

•  Strix holds significant contracts  

within the private label water filtration 
market and is poised to grow as many 
consumers trade down to private  
label alternatives.

gross profit contribution.

•  Enter the market of coffee machines 

filters with own brands.

•  Expand OEM contracts for internally 

• 

manufactured appliances.
Introduce health driven products in 
water filtration.

•  Expand health and wellness appliance 

products and sales.

•  Expand vacuum sealer sales of 
machines and consumables. 

•  Despite the cost of living crisis, 

•  Restart LAICA sales in China for both 

water filtration and appliances. 

•  Enter new Asian markets.

sustainability remains a key concern 
and consideration in many consumer 
purchase journeys.

•  Strix continues to develop products  
to address sustainability problems.

Adapted strategy

•  The challenges presented by the worldwide ever-changing political and economic 
scenarios pushed us to adapt and rebase the business towards goals set on more 
consolidated and reliable elements of the Strix Consumer Goods division.

27

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
Delivering Our Strategy

Strix Controls

Strix remains the market-leading provider of control components within  
the global kettle control market – essential to product safety and energy 
efficient operation. 

The introduction of new product series over the last couple of years continues 
to strengthen Strix’s commercial and technology leadership position. ‘Good’, 
‘Better’ and ‘Best’ range classification ensures Strix products are aligned to 
match customer need and price points. The new, innovative Next Generation 
Series Z control range drives down cost and increases customer benefits, 
providing new electronic features and an expanded range of design options with 
a focus on aesthetic trends, consumer energy saving and Original Equipment 
Manufacturer (OEM) cost benefits. 

Although kettles remain the primary application for Strix Controls, new 
applications in the small domestic appliance (SDA) market continue to emerge, 
including milk frothers, healthy eating appliances, travel kettles and flasks. The 
small size, novel features and common platform that define the Next Generation 
Series Z control range provides designers with considerably more freedom to 
expand their product ranges and generate profitable, incremental business 
growth in the kettle and adjacent appliance markets. This enables Strix to 
strengthen and grow strategic partnerships with the world’s premium brands 
and OEMs.

Continued enhancement of the VQ controls range, which provides a lower cost 
alternative for less regulated markets, provides further growth opportunities – 
leveraged through Strix’s long-established OEM relationships. 

The Group remains focused on defending its intellectual property, including 
success in China. Strix has increased its focus on identifying the sale of copyists 
and unsafe kettles particularly for online sales. This has led to a number of 
actions being undertaken that include product recalls, intellectual property 
enforcement raids, unfair competition claims, patent infringement claims and 
copyright claims. 

28

Premium Filtration Systems (Billi)

Billi joined the Strix Group in November 2022. Over the last three decades,  
Billi has established itself as a premier designer and manufacturer of boiling, 
chilled, sparkling and still filtered water systems. Originating in Australia,  
Billi has consistently set industry benchmarks for functionality, performance, 
modern aesthetics and customer service.

The wide range of Billi drinking water systems primarily comprise of under-bench 
units and compatible dispensers. Billi’s system features and benefits address  
a variety of customer needs across key market sectors including commercial 
(e.g. corporate and government offices), institutional (e.g. government offices 
and correctional facilities), hospitality (hotels, restaurants and catering), 
healthcare (e.g. hospitals and aged care) and retail (e.g. kitchen design and 
plumbing). Trends driving growth in the drinking water dispensing market  
include increasing consumer awareness regarding water quality, health, 
wellbeing and sustainability. 

Proprietary water-cooled technology is core to the Billi range, saving space and 
enabling up to 40% energy efficiency improvement over traditional air-cooled 
systems. This opens new opportunities in the fast-growing residential sector 
and also aligns with the opportunity to significantly expand beyond today’s core 
markets of Australia, New Zealand and the UK. Existing Strix relationships and 
networks support Billi’s geographic expansion and established Group functions 
including Research & Development, IP Protection and Compliance bolster  
Billi’s new product development capability. Strix’s best-practice volume 
manufacturing, procurement and product testing capabilities also provide 
opportunities to reduce costs and increase throughput to support growth.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Strix Consumer Goods

Consumer goods within the Group has 
undergone significant changes since the IPO. 
These transformations were catalysed by the 
acquisition of LAICA in 2020, the expansion 
of the Aqua Optima branded products and  
the Group reorganisation into two distinct 
divisions in 2023. The recent adoption of 
such divisional structure has enabled the 
Strix Consumer Goods division to focus its 
efforts on a targeted and diverse array of 
customer-facing product lines, catering to 
both business-to-customer and business-to-
business clientele with customised attention 
to each channel.

The division now operates as a truly 
omnichannel player, seamlessly navigating 
digital and traditional bricks-and-mortar 
channels. With continued and gradual 
investments in digital channels, the Group 
successfully ventured into new ‘direct to 
consumer’ marketplaces in 2023, unlocking 
fresh business opportunities and new 
avenues for customer interaction. Divisional 
leadership has implemented a clear plan to 
sustain volumes and enhance profitability, 
overseeing operational processes from  
sales to supply chain management for all 
manufacturing locations. These initiatives 
have already yielded visible results in 2023, 
significantly contributing especially to LAICA’s 
outstanding profit performance.

In the water filtration category, the successful 
coordination of the existing brands, coupled 
with the collaborative efforts of the Research 
& Development team, will drive the Group’s 

ongoing strategy forward. In the UK and 
Europe, leveraging the Aqua Optima and LAICA 
brands, the division secured new retail listings 
in 2023, expanding presence across the 
region. Aqua Optima has forged partnerships 
with leading UK retail brands to launch private 
label products and introduced innovative filter 
products to the market, such as the Evolve+ 
fast flow and Perfect Pour. Meanwhile, LAICA 
remains the Group’s premium brand in the 
category, with a strategic focus on expanding 
its heritage into new markets. The LAICA 
filters, renowned for their Italian ingenuity, 
innovation and craftsmanship, deliver superior 
filtering performance, elevating the taste and 
quality of home drinking water, while at the 
same time making it healthier.

The brand portfolio has strengthened Strix’s 
competitive position in the water filtration 
market, laying the groundwork for future 
growth. With a comprehensive roadmap of new 
product launches and cross-selling initiatives 
across all brands, the water category is poised 
for strategic expansion in the years ahead.

Within the SDA category, the Group has 
continued to innovate with products such  
as the Aurora range, a Hot Water Dispenser  
for Philips, and the innovative LAICA Dual Flo 
and ISEO kettles, blending LAICA’s filtration 
expertise with Strix’s temperature regulation 
technology and safety. Furthermore, the 
Group expanded its existing Aurora range with 
the successful launch of the Aurora Coffee, 
now available in selected marketplaces.

29

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNew Products Roadmap

Strix continues to invest in  
its research and development 
capabilities, delivering 
innovative new technology  
that creates added value, 
improves safety, enhances 
consumer experience and 
reduces environmental impact. 
Innovation is combined with  
an in-depth understanding  
of customer requirements  
and market trends across  
all the Group’s market sectors 
and geographies, delivering 
products that meet consumer 
needs at a variety of price 
points and functionality levels.

30

Strix  
Controls

Premium 
Filtration 
Systems 
(Billi)

2022

2023

2024

•  Fast Boil – Patented 15A range 

•  Next Generation Control Range 

•  Next Generation (Series Z 3-pole) 

expansion.

•  Original Equipment Manufacturer 
(OEM) efficiency improvement  
(U7, VQ wire management).
•  U99 refresh targeting improved 
user experience (eliminate 
appliance rocking).

(Series Z) development.
•  Adjacent market application 

development (portable appliances, 
milk frothers).

volume production.

•  Technology showcase designs  
for new appliances in emerging 
product categories.

•  New element technology 

•  Expansion of the VQ value range  

development.

of controls. 

•  Multiple cost-down and efficiency 

•  Enhancement projects to  

•  Multiple cost-down and efficiency 

enhancement projects.

enhancement projects.

reduce environmental impact  
and save cost.

•  New under-bench module concept 

•  First OmniOne under-bench units 

development (OmniOne).

available in Australia.

• 

Introduction of OmniOne  
to export markets.

•  Launched online specification tool 

•  Multi-function mixer tap – new 

•  Global launch of the new Multi-

with 3D simulation. 

range development.

Function Tap.

•  Luxgarde UVC Purification  

•  Expansion of the Luxgarde UVC 

System launched.

Purification range. 

•  GreenTag environmental 

•  New contactless interface for the 

certification.

XT dispenser range.

Consumer 
Goods

•  North American version of  

Aqua Optima Range.

•  Perfect Pour Dispenser.
•  Evolve+ Advance (High Performance 

•  Range of LAICA jugs and filters  

Limescale Filter).

•  LAICA Digital Water Filter Kettle  
and LAICA – ISEO Breakfast Set.
•  Expansion of air treatment range.
•  Sparkling water maker.
•  Dual Flo Toaster.
•  AO kettle range for North America 

•  New filtration line (BiFlux) targeting 

health-conscious consumers.
•  Coffee Machines Water Filtration 

Line Expansion.

•  AO Magnesium Filter.
•  Premium Vacuum Sealer models.
•  Handheld Vacuum Sealers with 

accessories.

•  Multi-functional Air-Fryer/Grill  

(NAM).

for APAC.

•  Aurora Coffee for NAM and UK.

•  Renewed antibacterial baby milk 

dispenser.

into UK.

•  New Improved Evolve+ Multi-Fit 

Filter.

•  Enhanced Tap Filter.
•  Perfect Pour Jug Range.
•  Aurora Range Expansion 
(two additional models).

•  Steriliser-Dryer.
•  Dual Flo – LAICA.
•  Eco (glass) Vacuum containers.
•  New kitchen scales range.
•  New personal scales range.
•  Air treatment range.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023LAICA – ISEO breakfast set
An innovative ISEO breakfast set launched 
under the LAICA brand in 2023. The kettle  
is the first of its kind to offer consumers  
the combination of filtered and variable 
temperature water (Powered by 5 Pole  
Strix Technology) – allowing users to brew  
a range of healthy herbal teas at the perfect 
temperature, with pure, filtered water for  
the perfect tasting hot drink. Paired with  
the stylish digital toaster (with two or four 
slice options) which displays a countdown 
timer allowing users to see when their toast 
will be ready, the ISEO breakfast set is a 
premium pairing for those who seek quality 
kitchen appliances. 

The breakfast set is available across the UK 
and key European markets, with further 
distribution in the pipeline for 2024. 

Aurora Coffee
Why did we make Aurora Coffee? 
With living space getting smaller, consumers 
are looking for innovative ways to get the 
functionality out of their kitchen that they 
need without compromising on space. 
Compact and dual function design solutions 
are at the forefront of consumer purchasing. 
As well as this, filter coffee markets are on  
the rise across Europe and the US as more 
consumers look for products to make them  
a perfect home brew. Today, more than ever, 
consumers are more eco focused when 
purchasing new products. Reducing energy 
consumption and using less water are top of 
many consumers minds when purchasing 
kitchen appliances. Delivering products that 
meet the daily needs of consumers whilst 
helping them reduce energy consumption is  
a key philosophy for our new products at Strix.

The product 
Introducing Aurora Coffee which puts the 
user in control of brewing or dispensing 
without waste. This combination premium 
filter coffee and hot water dispenser delivers 
drinks the way the user wants – every time. 
Whether it is premium tasting coffee for the 
family in the morning or a quiet cup in the 
evening, Aurora Coffee is always filtered to 
ensure the best taste. It provides seven 
coffee options; from ice brew to a full 1.25L  
(10 cup) carafe of perfect tasting coffee. It 
allows purchasers to enjoy a travel cup of hot 
coffee on the go in the morning or to cool 
down with an iced coffee in the afternoon. 

Aqua Optima’s premium multi-function  
coffee maker which is approved by the 
Specialty Coffee Association was launched  
in North America in Q4 2023, with further 
distribution in the pipeline in 2024 across  
the US and Europe.

Evolve+ Advance by Aqua Optima
The new Evolve+ Advance filter is specifically 
engineered to tackle hard water challenges;  
it significantly reduces limescale build up 
meaning better tasting water and longer-
lasting appliances. Offering consumers 70% 
more performance in reducing limescale 
versus our Evolve+ at a slightly higher price 
point, the Evolve+ Advance exemplifies Aqua 
Optima’s commitment to delivering high-
quality water filtration solutions that are  
both cost-effective and high-performing:
•  Advanced limescale reduction of more 

than 70%.

•  Advanced hardwater reduction of more 

than 70%.

•  Extends appliance life.
•  Advanced reduction of impurities from  

tap water.

•  Better tasting hot and cold drinks.

Evolve+ Advance will be launched online 
initially across the UK and Europe, with bricks 
and mortar distribution secured in the UK in 
H2 2024. 

31

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – Overview

“ Achieving our net zero target in 2023 is a milestone for the Group 
highlighting our ambition to be ‘best-in-class’ in all that we do and  
I am particularly pleased in achieving this goal. Sustainability has 
become a key ethos for the Group and a journey which we will 
continue to pursue with vigour.” Mark Bartlett, CEO

Strix is an environmentally conscious 
organisation which minimises the impact  
of its operations on the environment. The 
Group fully complies with all applicable legal 
and other compliance obligations, whilst at all 
times striving for best practice and adhering 
to applicable ISO standards.

Management
The Chief Executive Officer continues  
to be the lead in our journey towards 
sustainability, with the support of key 
executive management, and with Board 
representation through our ESG Committee 
led by Richard Sells, Non-Executive Director.

Sustainability strategy
As a manufacturing business, a key 
philosophy from the shop floor to the  
office is ‘continuous improvement’. We look  
to embed this philosophy throughout the 
organisation including our sustainability 
strategy encompassing a range of key 
performance indicators (KPIs) with ambitious 
targets requiring multiple actions across  
the Group. We look to positively interact  
with all our stakeholder groups through  
our Planet – People – Purpose philosophy, 
aligned to the UN’s Sustainable 
Development Goals (SDGs).

Our intention is to build a relationship and 
strategy to support and benefit all our 
stakeholders: colleagues, customers, 
communities, regulatory bodies, shareholders 
and suppliers. The Strix ecosystem depends 
on the interaction and therefore the wellbeing 
of all parties and embracing the needs of all 
our stakeholders is critical to the success of 
the whole.

32

KPIs commentary
During 2023, the key area of focus continued 
to be on emissions and achieving our target 
for net zero Scope 1 & 2 emissions. We are 
pleased to announce that Strix became a 
net zero business in 2023. Billi only joined 
the Group at the end of November 2022 but 
will also be net zero in 2024.

From a clean water and sanitation point of 
view, both LAICA and Billi have introduced new 
filters to further enhance the quality of water 
they deliver. LAICA sold over a million more 
filters in 2023 – each offering the equivalent  
of 100 litres of water – which is equivalent to 
saving an additional 200 million single-use 
plastic bottles.

The Group has aligned its strategy towards 
sustainability within the core business 
activities with the UN SDGs, and we have  
honed our key sustainability KPIs through 
mapping of the identified SDGs. Our strategy 
and progress are measured against the 
following KPIs, with the related targets  
and 2023 performance reviews.

Colleagues
Our greatest asset which 
we look to nurture through
meaningful employment 
and develop through 
investment in training 
and career opportunities.

Shareholders
Our executive team meet with
shareholders and deliver ‘open
to all’ online presentations on the
Group’s performance and strategy.

Shareholder consultation to
understand their views on our
sustainability performance 
and assist in determining 
future strategy.

Suppliers
To develop and audit our supply
chain, building a symbiotic
relationship including assisting 
in the development of their
sustainability credentials.

Customers
Deliver high-quality 
product offerings and 
best in class performance.

Communities
A range of programmes, 
particularly in educational, 
to assist local communities,
in the Isle of Man.

Regulatory bodies
Work with regulators to
develop standards to 
promote consumer safety. 
Work with authorities to 
identify non-compliant 
and potentially 
dangerous products.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Climate action 

Resource 
intensity

Waste and 
recycling

We are pleased to announce that we became a net zero 
business in 2023 after achieving our Scope 1 & 2 emissions 
targets based on the 2023 performance reviews as detailed  
in our recent ESG report available on our website  
(https://www.strixplc.com/documents-reports.html).

Based on details in our 2023 performance reviews, energy 
and intensity targets remain at a 3% reduction, which 
improved 1.6% on production volumes despite remaining  
flat on revenues.

Regarding waste, our target remains at a ‘3% reduction’,  
which improved 6% on production volumes despite remaining 
flat on revenues.

Clean water  
and sanitation

Underlying water usage and intensity relative to revenues 
both improved by 10%. Meanwhile we continue to preserve 
the target of a 2x growth in water business which continues 
in a positive trend. 

Health and 
safety

Regarding health and safety, there were adverse variances 
against targets (of a reduction on a rolling three-year basis) for 
the first time in five years. All Strix facilities and LAICA are ISO 
45001 occupational health and safety accredited and 2024 will 
see further actions taken to ensure a safe working environment 
for all.

Gender equality 
and employees

On gender equality, we maintain, and continue to enforce, our 
policies regarding diversity throughout the organisation. We have 
maintained the same levels of diversity at a senior management 
level and at Group level from the previous year. 

Innovation

Innovation remains key to our sustainability strategy, and we 
target to continuously reduce precious resources, including 
the increased use of recycled materials, in research and 
development (R&D) processes. Based on 2023 performance 
reviews, we have managed to retain high levels of investment  
in R&D in relation to sales, however, certain new product 
development projects have been moved to 2025 due to 
business restructuring in 2024. 

Billi has a positive ethos towards 
sustainability, and already leads  
the Group in areas such as internal 
electricity generation.

Billi sustainability
Billi joined Strix at the end of 2022, bringing  
a new business line with a full range of 
sustainability-oriented products, delivering 
high-quality, low environmental impact water 
to consumers.

Billi has a positive ethos towards sustainability, 
and already leads the Group in areas such  
as internal electricity generation, best 
highlighted by its solar array which generated 
165MWh of clean electricity in 2023, equivalent 
to 75% of its total requirement. 

In its first full year post-acquisition, Billi has 
positively embraced Strix practices. Reporting 
and targets have been integrated, including 
the company’s first assessment of its Scope 3 
emissions, and the business is embracing 
Strix’s ISO accreditation philosophy with  
ISO 9001 (quality management) accreditation 
already achieved in the year, with further 
plans to complete ISO 14001 (environmental 
management), ISO 45001 (health and safety 
at work) and ISO 5000 (energy management) 
in 2024. Of particular interest is their 
impressive health and safety record with  
zero accidents reported in the year. 

Scope 1 & 2 reporting has been fully integrated 
with Strix. Billi has realigned its remaining 
requirements for renewable power which, 
along with its own generation, will see the 
business Scope 2 carbon neutral in 2024. 
Scope 1 inventory is now fully reported and 
analysis continues in order to address the 
more difficult to remove emissions.

Scope 3 analysis commenced in the second 
half of the year with a preliminary high-level 
interrogation. As with Strix, Billi’s products 
include a heating/cooling system and ‘in use’ 
emissions therefore dominate, accounting  
for over 96% of Billi’s Scope 3 footprint. 
Product development is inevitably focused  
on improving efficiency from both a 
sustainability and cost perspective.

In product development, Billi introduced its 
latest purification system, with the power of 
its non-chemical UVC LED purification system 
which penetrates pathogens’ DNA, RNA and 
proteins, disrupting their replication process 
and ultimately putting an end to replication, 
ensuring a new level of hygiene, providing 
water free from microorganisms responsible 
for coliform, salmonella, legionellae, 
pseudomonas and even the hepatitis virus.

33

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – Planet

Protecting and enhancing the natural environment.  
Our goal is to minimise the utilisation of natural resources, 
both internally, as highlighted by our net zero target 
achieved in 2023, and in the key usage phase.

Emissions
The highlight for the year was achieving Scope 
1 & 2 net zero in 2023 in-line with our stated 
goal. To highlight the performance and permit 
historic comparisons, data on our emissions  
is now published using both the GHG  
Protocol location-based and market-based 
methodologies. The introduction of solar 
capacity, which accounted for 8.6% of the 
Group’s, excluding Billi, power requirements  
in 2023, and the switch to renewable power 
across all operating facilities has seen our 
Scope 2 emissions reduced to zero and  
overall internal emissions cut by over 96%.  
The remaining Scope 1 emissions were offset 
by acquiring and cancelling high-quality 
verified carbon credits. 

Billi generated solar power equivalent to 
75% of its required power consumption  
and is fully aligned with Group policy to  
be net zero in 2024.

In 2023, we submitted to the CDP for the first 
time. We see our ‘C’ rating as credible given 
that it refers to 2022 and expect to progress 
up the scale due to the Group’s reduced 
emissions in 2023.

Planet 
encompasses: 

1. 

 Emissions (including Scope 3) 
through energy usage and renewable 
power generation. 
2.  Water consumption.
3.  Waste and recycling.

34

2023 was a landmark year for Strix. We are 
pleased to report that this ambitious target, 
significantly ahead of the Paris 1.5°C 
requirement was achieved in the year. This 
clearly puts Strix in an exclusive ‘best-in-
class’ club. 

Scope 3 analysis
The elimination of Scope 2 emissions means 
that ‘in-use’ Scope 3 emissions now account 
for 99.9% of the Group’s total (Scope 1, 2 & 3) 
emissions inventory. In 2023 work continued 
to improve the understanding of our Scope 3 
footprint, including preliminary analysis at Billi. 

The dominant factor, 93.7% of the total,  
comes from Category 11, the ‘in-use’ emissions 
generated during the life of the product, 
reflecting the energy consumptive nature  
of heating devices. Our new product roadmap  
is the key driver to addressing this as we  
look to continually improve the efficiency  
and performance of our products. Note  
that this is not the case for LAICA, primarily  
a specialist in the production of small 
household appliances for personal health  
and wellness and water purification equipment, 
and therefore having far lower in-use emissions. 
As a consequence, LAICA only accounts for 1% 
of the Group’s Scope 3 emissions.

Customer Scope 3 becoming  
an opportunity
Strix commercial customers’ interest in their 
own supply chain emissions is increasing as 
they look to assess their Scope 3 emissions 
and sustainability credentials. As we do 
similar, we are engaging with our supply chain 
to support their needs. Inevitably starting with 

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023the premium brands who also tend to operate 
in the regulated markets where Strix has its 
strongest market positions, being able to 
provide the required data in a timely manner 
and talk the same language on sustainability 
has produced a range of commercial benefits. 
This was perhaps best highlighted on a 
customer site visit as part of the Chinese 
Canton Fair with customers clearly impressed 
when they heard the site is net carbon neutral.

Energy
Energy usage, excluding Billi, was at similar 
levels to 2022. Intensity was flat relative  
to sales but improved (reduced) by c.2% 
relative to production volumes, reflecting  
the continued drive to improve energy 
consumption ratios. Including Billi, total 
energy consumption inevitably increased 
although intensity reduced significantly, 
reflecting the nature of Billi’s model as  
an assembler of larger value units rather  
than a more energy intensive manufacturer  
of components.

In terms of own energy generated, the 
Chinese facility decreased slightly despite 
additional capacity due to the vagaries of  
the weather. Billi more than made up the gap 
giving total in-house generation of 1,291MWh 
accounting for 9.6% of the Group’s electricity 
consumption, up from 9.3%. Feasibility plans 
continue as to the ability to install solar panels 
at the LAICA facility in Italy.

Water
Underlying water consumption, excluding  
Billi, reduced by 10% with associated intensity 
also improving by 10%. Note that including 
Billi, water usage still declined with intensity 
reducing further, despite the water intensive 
R&D requirements of Billi.

Sustainability plays a key part in our strategy 
and new product roadmap. Both LAICA and 
Billi have introduced new filters to further 
enhance the quality of water they deliver. 
LAICA sold over a million more filters in 2023. 
This is equivalent to saving an additional 
200 million single-use plastic bottles. 

Waste
Underlying waste generation declined by  
c.1% despite higher volumes in the year. 
Equally encouraging was the strong 
performance in recycling rates up to 96.2% 
from 94.1%. We continue to focus on waste, 
not only looking to reduce the absolute 
figures through improved processes but  
also moving up the waste hierarchy to  
reuse or recycle where possible. 

The level of waste to landfill increased in  
the year to 3%. Our medium-term target  
is for zero waste to landfill as part of our 
strategy to continue to move the Group up 
the waste hierarchy. This was primarily due  
to reorganisation identifying obsolete stock 
which could not be fully recycled. This will be  
a focus for 2024 as we look for all sites to 
eliminate waste to landfill.

Net zero  
target achieved 
in 2023! 

Key has been the installation of solar panels, a major 
investment but enabling the Group to generate 9.6% of 
its own power requirements in 2023, and contracting for 
renewable electricity for all primary manufacturing facilities.

35

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – Planet continued

Governance

Board oversight
Climate issues are assessed by the full Board 
reflecting the importance the Directors place 
on the risks and opportunities along with the 
relative size of the Board and scale of the 
Group. Richard Sells, Non-Executive Director, 
provides additional oversight on sustainability 
matters, leveraging his career at Electrolux 
and its long held focus on sustainability. Along 
with the CEO, they provide the key conduit 
from the operations to the Board. Board 
meetings are held a minimum of six times a 
year with sustainability, including climate-
related issues, both opportunities and risk,  
a consistent agenda item. Climate risks are 
consolidated into the annual Operational 

Risks

Board Risk Committee review for the Group. 
The Board provides the final sign-off on the 
Group’s sustainability and hence climate 
targets and the associated investment. The 
Board is also responsible for overall strategy 
and ensuring that investment, including 
acquisitions, is aligned to the sustainability 
objectives of the Group.

The Remuneration Committee, comprising 
of three independent Board Directors, 
is responsible for the executive team’s 
remuneration including Long-Term Incentive 
Plans (LTIPs). The executive LTIPs include 
targets associated with the Group’s 
sustainability agenda, including emissions-
related elements and future targets aligned 
with Group strategy.

Management’s role
The Executive Board provides the key 
executive management forum for climate 
change and sustainability. It is chaired by the 
CEO, Mark Bartlett and includes personnel 
responsible for engineering, commercial, 
technology, health & safety, human resources 
and finance. In terms of climate risk matters, 
Matt Thomas, Divisional Operations Director 
and Strix Consumer Goods Engineering 
Director, has a key role in respect to climate 
change, responsible for assimilating climate-
related data. He also has key responsibility for 
ISO programmes which drive a broad range of 
sustainability programmes. He is supported by 
both internal and external resources.

Climate opportunities for new products  
are again prioritised through the Divisional 
Management. The Group continually looks  
to enhance its new product development 
programme along sustainability driven 
corridors enhanced by through lifecycle 
analysis, carbon accounting, circular 
economy, consumer safety and potential 
legislative changes.

Strategy

Climate-related risks and opportunities
In assessing our risks and opportunities 
we look to consider timescales of short 
(0–2 years), medium (2–8 years) and long 
term (8+ years). However, given the 
timescales of environmental impacts it is 
arguably unrealistic to compartmentalise into 
such distinct and relatively short time spans.

Category

Risk

Potential impact

Likelihood

Time horizon

Mitigation

Physical risk

Acute

Storm and flood 
disruption and  
rising sea levels

Strix manufacturing facilities and/or supply chain.
Note that Zengcheng, Guangzhou (where the Group’s 
main factory is located) rarely sees typhoon conditions 
due to its inland location although extreme wind 
conditions were recorded in 2015, therefore such a risk 
has been included. None of the Group’s plants are in 
flood plains or below five metres above sea level.

Low

Medium

A detailed recovery plan has been documented as part of 
the Group’s Business Continuity Plan which is overseen 
by the Recovery Management team. Procedures relate  
to communications and information exchange, recovery 
process phase, clean-up process, pollution prevention 
and restoration (including insurance claims and 
compensations). Restoration procedures include plan 
maintenance, back-ups, testing and emergency sources 
of power generation. The new Chinese facility has been 
strategically positioned whilst the improved construction 
provides safer and more flexible infrastructure. The 
plants carry an element of buffer stock against a range  
of supply-related risks. All facilities have contingency 
business plans in place. 

36

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Category

Risk

Potential impact

Likelihood

Time horizon

Mitigation

Chronic

Drought

Strix facility/supply chain.

Medium

Medium

Acute & 
Chronic

Heat stress

Primarily facility exposed to acute temperatures  
in China.

Low

Medium

Transition risk

Policy & 
legal

Carbon price – own 
operations

Policy & 
legal

Carbon price – up/
downstream

Scope 1 & 2 emissions (market based) equated to 
600 tCO₂e in 2023. As part of our net zero strategy  
these are offset through the purchase of certified 
carbon credits. At the lower end of expectations ($25/
tonne) a cost of $15k rising to $90k at the upper end 
where credits are predicted to cost $150/tonne. This 
excludes any Scope 3 offsets which may become more 
standard in areas such as business travel. Our target is 
to keep business travel pre-pandemic levels which was 
1,014 tCO₂e, and in 2023 emissions came in at 574 tCO₂e 
despite the increased geographical scope for the Group 
following the Billi acquisition.

This could add to costs as suppliers look to abate their 
own emissions, particularly in sectors which are hard  
to tackle such as transportation (especially shipping 
and aviation) or primary materials such as metals and 
plastics for components.

Medium

Medium

Medium

Medium

Market

Robustness of local 
power grid

Increased electrification could lead to power outages  
at individual sites. 

Low

Medium

Market

Cost of renewable 
electricity

Cost of renewable electricity could rise depending on 
the additional capacity installed as demand increases 
with companies looking to meet their carbon reduction 
targets. 

Medium

Medium/Long

Primary use of water is in the R&D/test facilities.  
Whilst businesses are prioritised at times of water 
shortages in the Isle of Man, the Company can defer 
certain programmes if conditions required without 
likelihood of long-term impact.

The site is fully air conditioned and, like the factory,  
less than two years old. Additional A/C has recently  
been added to the melt-shop, the hottest department  
in the plant.

Scope 1 & 2 emissions have been reduced by over  
95%. A range of further initiatives including additional 
electric vehicles, more efficient boilers and improved 
energy management through ISO 5001 adoption will 
further assist. The worst case scenario of 600 credits  
@$150/tonne would be unhelpful rather than significant. 
Note that the anticipated savings through new 
sustainability-linked debt facilities are expected  
to outweigh the upper end of the carbon credit  
potential impact.

Through engagement with our suppliers to better 
understand our Scope 3 emissions, they are becoming 
more cognisant of the emissions landscape, leading 
them to address their emissions profile. Completely 
decarbonising the end-to-end supply chain (from mining 
to processing to manufacturing) is highly complex and 
may take many years. Key is to ensure that we are ahead 
of our competition to ensure this is not a competitive 
disadvantage.

The primary manufacturing site in China is connected 
through modern upgraded infrastructure. The Company’s 
own solar power and contingency plans including the use 
of generators are in place. 

We currently generate around 10% of electricity 
requirement from our own solar installations. Our 
contracts for renewables tend to be medium term  
(3–5 years) which provides a degree of certainty in the 
short term. Key will be the China manufacturing plant 
which has a long-term supply agreement in place. 

37

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – Planet continued

Risks continued

Category

Risk

Potential impact

Likelihood

Time horizon

Mitigation

Policy & 
legal

Failure to meet/
maintain expected 
environmental, social 
and governance 
(ESG) credentials

This could have a direct financial cost once 
sustainability-related finance has been put into place. 
It could also impact shareholder perspective/interest, 
especially amongst sustainability-related funds. 

Medium

Short/Medium

Market

Increased investor 
scrutiny

There is increased focus on climate change by our 
equity investors and other stakeholders. This is 
evidenced by the rise in ESG funds and the drive to 
provide consolidated emissions transparency for 
individual funds.

Medium

Short/Medium

Strive for ‘best-in-class’ as highlighted by our net zero 
Scope 1 & 2 commitment. Strong reporting/management 
structure with key KPIs to ensure compliance. We 
continue our drive in the use of automation. This requires 
greater energy usage but has other significant benefits 
in improving quality, reducing scrap, etc. Combined with 
the use of renewable power, management see such a 
shift as a double win in terms of sustainability. In addition, 
the new factory has been successfully audited and 
certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 45001 with ISO 50001 
added to the certification portfolio in 2023.

Our sustainability agenda has accelerated in recent 
years, including establishing future roadmaps and 
targets. From an emissions perspective we achieved our 
target to be Scope 1 & 2 net zero in 2023 and started 
developing our Scope 3 supply chain emissions inventory 
in 2022 which opens an additional avenue for making  
a difference. With the ‘in use’ category dominating our 
Scope 3 emissions our new product direction includes 
improved efficiency to reduce energy usage and hence 
emissions. Our Sustainability report provides full 
transparency to all stakeholders.

38

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Opportunities

Category

Risk

Potential impact

Likelihood

Time horizon

Mitigation

Transition 
opportunity

Products & 
services

Internal power 
generation

Solar production for internal use.

High

Short

Chinese investment has been made and Billi also has 
significant installed capacity. Hence the Group generates 
over 10% of Group’s internal power requirements. Further 
opportunities, including LAICA are under consideration.

Market

Electrification

Cooking moves away from carbon-based fuels such as 
gas to electricity offering the potential to change habits, 
i.e. stove top kettles to electric kettles.

Medium

Long

Clear benefit for the use of kettles.

Products & 
services

Adoption of energy 
saving products

A kettle is an efficient way of boiling water and is 
therefore likely to be a beneficiary. Consumers will 
increasingly look to the most efficient way of heating/
boiling water, particularly when energy prices are high 
and incomes squeezed.

Medium

Medium

Introduction of new features and products. In kettles  
this includes accurate temperature measurement and 
switch off. In other product ranges this includes ‘one cup’ 
boiling products. For Billi ‘water on demand’ developing 
efficiency systems such as heat recycling in the chiller/
heating cycles. 

Higher cost of 
electricity

Renewables tend to carry a cost premium, increasing the 
cost of using a kettle.

Medium

Medium

Develop energy saving products such as One Cup and  
Billi taps.

Market

Market

Population/
urbanisation

Products & 
services

Increasing 
importance of Scope 
3 emissions

Population increases by 1bn (RCP2.5) with increase up 
to 3bn (RCP8.5) albeit the high level will see reduced 
level of urbanisation/grid connectivity. Against the 
current population of 8bn in 2022 (according to the UN) 
and 7.2bn with access to electricity, this suggests 
potential growth of 24–32% although over a long time 
period at less than 1% a year. 

Customers, particularly the branded western clients,  
are increasingly looking to measure and report their 
Scope 3 emissions. This could become a more 
significant legislation as carbon import taxes using the 
Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism are rolled out.

High

Long term

Clearly a benefit to Strix end markets. Development  
of new strategy unlikely to be required.

High

Short/Medium

Work with suppliers to further refine Strix’s emissions 
and to assist customers in developing their own Scope 3 
reporting. Continue to reduce our internal and supply 
chain emissions to be the preferred carbon partner.

39

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – Planet continued

Climate change has become a clear 
reality and is now seen in Strix as 
‘business as usual’.

40

Impact on the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy and  
financial planning
In terms of risk, Strix has developed a range 
of business contingency plans, including 
detailed recovery strategies for all 
manufacturing operations. This includes 
understanding both lengthy internal supply 
lines and understanding and mitigating risks 
within the supply chain. Our kettle switches 
are key to the most efficient method of boiling 
water which should provide benefit from rising 
energy prices and the shift from alternative 
fuels, e.g. gas to electricity. New developments 
such as Aurora and Dual Flo are designed to 
produce single servings to provide greater 
efficiency and reduce waste. In relation to  
this, our water category and associated  
filters increase the quality of drinking water 
whilst reducing the use of single-use plastic 
containers and associated waste. In relation to 
this, the acquisition of Billi complements the 
kettle switch business as hot taps become 
more widely adopted, particularly in high 
usage environments such as offices and 
commercial properties. These trends are 
driving the direction of our new product 
development with R&D expected to grow 
alongside the business at 3–4% of sales.

Resilience of the organisation’s 
strategy
Our current assessment has been based  
on the Paris Agreement 1.5°C scenario. 
Management sees little likelihood of negative 
impact on Group assets but are working on its 
resilience, in particular suppliers and supply 
chains which are relatively lengthy. From  
an operational risk perspective Strix has 

developed a range of business contingency 
plans, including detailed recovery strategies 
for all manufacturing operations. A key risk to 
our net zero strategy is access to renewable 
energy (electricity) supply to our key 
manufacturing plants, particularly China. 
To counter such risks Strix has invested close 
to £1m in a solar system in China which, along 
with the solar installations at Billi in Australia, 
will provide around 10% of the electricity 
supply required, and signed long-term 
contracts for renewable energy. 

Risk management 
Identifying and assessing climate-
related risks
Internal research and external assistance is 
combined to provide a full understanding of the 
potential risk avenues and opportunities. Input 
is garnered from across the Group’s operations 
as well as externally from customers and 
suppliers – a process which will accelerate as 
work on Scope 3 emissions expands. These 
risks are incorporated into our risk software. 
The Group assesses the potential financial 
implication where appropriate and the cost of 
mitigation. This is best evidenced in the solar 
and renewable power purchase agreements in 
China. Neither were the lowest cost option of 
the status quo but provided additional 
sustainability and risk mitigation.

Managing climate-related risks  
and opportunities
Risks are managed relative to the likelihood 
and potential severity to the Group. Hence, 
the global shift to reduce emissions is  
highly likely (or happening) and hence  
our accelerated actions in this area.  

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Weather-related impact has been assessed 
and a more measured approach of a 
contingency plan and insurance applied to 
reflect the level of risk and mitigate potential 
impact. These actions form part of the Group’s 
overall risk policy with key risks identified 
logged within the Group’s risk registry. 
Opportunities follow a similar pattern based 
on the scale of the opportunity and a set of 
metrics of internal measures to assess our 
ability to compete/benefit from such avenues.

Climate-related risk integration
Climate change has become a clear reality 
and now seen in Strix as ‘business as usual’ 
and part of the ongoing environment in which 
the Company operates. In addition, whilst 
complex, we are a small business with a flat 
structure and short lines of communication. 
The focus on climate change risks has clearly 
risen up our agenda in recent years, as have 
our actions, and is now an integral part of the 
overall business planning and management.

Metrics and targets
Key metrics used
Significant work was undertaken in 2022/2023 
to expand our carbon footprint analysis 
through the development of Scope 3 supply 
chain emissions including Billi, which was 
acquired in late 2022. This is in addition to 
internal orientated Scope 1 & 2 emissions 
historically reported. These have been 
calculated using the GHG Protocol, the 
internationally recognised standard for 
corporate carbon reporting. Absolute and 
intensity (per £m)are used for both emissions 
and energy consumption to provide more 
prescient analysis as the Group expands and 

ensures that our focus remains on energy 
usage as well as emissions. Historically, the 
Group has used location-based analysis but 
has added a market-based approach in 2023 
as this provides a far clearer representation  
of the actions having been undertaken. The 
addition of a full, independent audit is seen  
as unwarranted given the steps in place to 
achieve net zero Scope 1 & 2 emissions from 

2023, although the Board will review the 
verification of 2024 figures to provide greater 
scrutiny on the actions being taken as this  
is increasing being requested or required  
by external parties both operationally 
(customers) and from financial markets 
(shareholders and financiers).

Disclosures
The following table provides Strix emissions using both location and market based 
methodologies.

2020

2021

2022

2023

Location based

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 1 & 2

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

Scope 1 & 2 intensity

tCO₂e/£m

107

5,269

5,376

56.4

265

7,430

7,695

64.4

415

5,883

6,298

60.5

Market based

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 1 & 2

Scope 1 & 2 intensity

Scope 3

Energy usage

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂e/£m

tCO₂e

573,895

410,096

471,065

MWh

10,569 

15,666 

15,135 

16,262 

Energy usage intensity

MWh/£m

110.9

131.2

145.5

112.5

518

6,293

6,811

47.1

518

82

600

4.2

Targets
Strix’s target set in 2021 was to achieve net 
zero Scope 1 & 2 by 2023 which the Group has 
achieved (excluding Billi which was acquired in 
November 2022 but is on track to achieve the 
target in 2024) with nearly 95% of fossil fuel 
usage removed from the energy mix. This is 
being achieved through internally generated 
solar power and the purchase of renewable 
energy which is now in place for all Strix 
facilities. In addition, management is targeting 
5% improvement in energy intensity (energy 
use to sales) to further reduce risk. 

Our Scope 3 work in 2022 gave us a good  
initial understanding of our footprint with 
similar work undertaken at Billi in 2023. 
The key element is the ‘in use’ phase at 
c.94%, reflecting the kettle as an energy 
consumptive heating device. The laws of 
physics therefore limit the impact which Strix 
can have on the Scope 3 inventory. We are 
therefore focusing on other areas which may 
have less impact but where Strix can actively 
make an impact, in particular areas such  
as the supply chain as well as working with 
customers who are increasingly looking  
to assess and reduce their own Scope 3 
emissions. However, given the dominance of 
the ‘in-use’ element we have not set targets 
for the Group. 

Full disclosure of our sustainability KPIs 
performance is shown on pages 19 and 20.

41

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – People

42

Our people focus includes internal 
colleagues and the wider society 
Internally, ‘people’ are our employees who are 
our key asset, critical to our DNA and success. 
As a Group, Strix prides itself on the quality and 
safety of our products, and whilst we continue 
to introduce automation, fundamentally the 
delivery of this is down to the dedication and 
commitment of our well-trained people. To this 
end, people focus at Strix is not just about the 
work of the dedicated and professional team 
that we have. It is about the quality of the 
numerous human interactions that occur  
every single day in the business. Our Human 
Resources function’s key focus is on hiring the 
very best people, and then helping them to 
become even better. Our people are given the 
freedom and mechanisms to share their ideas 
about how to keep improving the business.  
We also reward excellence, commitment and 
innovation, and celebrate the rich diversity that 
we have in our multi-national workforce.

Externally, ‘people’ are the society and the 
communities in which we both operate and 
look to enhance. Key emphasis is on working 
in the best interests of these communities. 
Management of the Group’s impact on 

society, the communities and the 
environment are key factors in the  
Group’s strategy for success, and in the 
practice of good corporate governance  
and social responsibility.

Internal
Health and safety in the workplace
The safety of all our employees continues  
to be our top priority. It constitutes a key KPI 
and is reviewed at all Divisional Management 
meetings. All Strix facilities (excluding Billi) 
have been certified with ISO 45001,  
a paramount health and safety standard.  
Billi plans to become ISO 45001 accredited  
in 2024 in-line with Group policy.

2023 saw an increase in accidents, primarily  
in our Chinese facility. The number of reported 
accidents increased from 9 to 14. Whilst none 
of these accidents were serious and the 
long-term trend remains in the right direction, 
we continue to work towards the ultimate  
goal of zero accidents. Hence management 
plan a drive to improve the performance in 
2024, noting that Billi’s performance was 
exceptional with zero incidents in the year.

Our key focus areas under our ‘people’ sustainability strategy are:

Internal
1.  Health and safety in the workplace.
2.  Staff turnover.
3.  People progression, training  

and development.

4.  Employee engagement and wellbeing.
5.  Inclusivity and diversity.

External
6.  Social contribution.
7.  Community interaction and support.
8.   Young people development.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Staff turnover
Group employee turnover decreased,  
primarily in China despite a slight increase 
elsewhere due to a divisional restructuring. 
High turnover in China reflects the transient 
nature of the lower-skilled workforce, with  
the average tenure exceeding six years for 
more technical roles and longer-term 
employees. To retain staff in China, Strix 
offers attractive benefits including quality 
accommodation, transport, dining, training 
and advancement opportunities.

People progression, training and 
development
Strix’s Human Resources function, led by 
Group HR Director Emma Cox, is guided  
by the following mission:

“Our role is to ensure that Strix has the  
right people in the right place at the right  
time, doing things in the right way to get  
the right results.”

Underpinning this mission is a strategy that is 
focused on value-added people development 
which includes: intensive new starter 
orientation programmes where new joiners 
are introduced to the Strix culture, policies 
and procedures, and product information. 

There is also continuous training at all 
employee levels to ensure a consistent 
message and understanding of important 
ethical and compliance principles, as well as 
providing a wealth of soft skills and personal 
development tutorials. More training is given 
and tailored for line leaders to ensure they 

have the right skills to coach, mentor and 
supervise new and existing staff. Online 
e-learning training is hosted by our online-
based learning platform called Kallidus. 
Through Kallidus, employees have access  
to a wide range of mandatory and other best 
practice and self-development learning and 
training courses. These enhance their skills 
and awareness to ensure they deliver quality 
service in their various roles and are kept up to 
date on developments in their relevant fields.

Mandated training on Kallidus ensures  
that employees are familiar with our equal 
opportunities policy and ethos, as well as  
our environmental considerations. Similarly, 
people are taught about our stringent 
business ethics, including anti-bribery and 
anti-competition legislation, and how to 
report any issues through our whistleblowing 
mechanism. Face-to-face training is also 
provided particularly in China, and has 
included developing a team of 15 trainers in 
the Chinese facility to provide training from 
the shop floor upwards. 

People progression and development is 
managed through the Group’s performance 
management process (PMP). The PMP is 
designed to give people a clear line of sight as 
to how they can progress their careers within 
Strix and it facilitates quality discussions 
between employees and their managers  
as to how to achieve their ambitions, whilst 
also ensuring that they have stretching 
objectives that are clearly aligned to the 
Group’s strategy. 

Employee engagement and wellbeing
The Group operates a culture of open communication through a range of channels including:  
a global intranet platform; newsletters; Town Hall meetings; and ‘Pulse of the Business’ lunches 
with the CEO.

We have a clear set of core values:

R

E

C

A

P

Extraordinary
We are beyond  
ordinary, we are 
extraordinary

Challenge 
We own it, 
challenge  
it and then  
win it

Adapt 
We fail fast, 
learn quicker, 
adapt and  
move on

Respect 
We show 
respect and 
treat others  
as they  
wish to be 
treated

Passion 
We have 
passion  
for our people, 
our planet,  
our products 
and profit

Nominations are invited from across the 
business for people who have demonstrated 
these values. 

Our transparent job grading system for all 
employees was designed to better reflect 
current and future needs and provide clarity 
on progression and/or how people can  
vary their careers within the organisation. 
Acknowledging the proven benefits of having 
a vibrant workplace in which people feel fully 
engaged, we are actively ‘creating a buzz’ at 
Strix, inviting ideas from employees to have 
fun and give back. 

Whilst introducing new talent into the 
workplace is about making sure they are 
comfortable and confident to do their  
job, and have all the information and tools  
that they need, it is not about assimilation.  
It is about making sure we gain the diverse 
opinions and ideas of our new talents. Fresh 
eyes are a gift in respect of bringing new and 
innovative solutions to problems. New starters 
also bring with them market intelligence, 
whether it is about products, processes or 
systems. These insights are invaluable  
to Strix.

43

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – People continued

Gender diversity

Women on the Board

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

0

Women in senior management roles

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

0

Women in the organisation

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

44

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

27.0%

27.3%

27.3%

23.0%

19.5%

52%

49%

60%

60%

60%

Female  
Board members

20%

Female  
management

27%

Overall  
female workforce

52%

Figures exclude Billi.

As well as having the right people doing the right things, Strix is committed to ensuring that our 
people feel right physically, mentally and financially. In the West, private health care is provided  
to all employees, regardless of their job role, and with this also comes the Employee Assistance 
Programme. This is an advice service that is available 24/7 for employees and their family 
members, covering concerns about mental and physical health, financial planning or legal 
matters. In the East, we provide high-quality off-site dormitory accommodation in China. Free 
shuttle buses are provided for employees for their daily commute. Additionally, many employees 
are shareholders in the Group which not only provides them with a financial benefit, but a vested 
interest in contributing to the success of the Group.

Inclusivity and diversity

 “Whilst this diversity  
is rich and celebrated, 
underpinning it all is a 
set of shared values that 
are seen being upheld 
across all areas of the 
business every day.”

Emma Cox
Group HR Director

Strix recognises that to achieve a diverse 
workforce, a working environment that 
empowers all of our employees to thrive  
and achieve their potential is essential. 

The employee population benefits from 
bringing to bear a wealth of cultures, 
languages and experiences. Whilst this 
diversity is rich and celebrated, underpinning 
it all is a set of shared values that are seen 
being upheld across all areas of the business 
every day. 

Age, colour, race, gender, disability, ethnic 
origin, national origin, marital status, sexual 
orientation and religious or political views are 
not seen as barriers to employment and are 
evidenced by the Group’s diverse employment 
base. The Group is committed to providing 
equal opportunities for individuals in all 
aspects of employment.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023As a global employer, spanning across 
multiple continents, we pride ourselves on the 
gender make up of our workforce where over 
50% of employees are female, and women 
have a 27% management representation. 

Our diversity continues to grow with our 
strategic acquisitions, and the purchase of Billi 
in November 2022 exemplifies this. We now 
have teams of Field Service Technicians in 
Australia, New Zealand and the UK, as well  
as dedicated customer support executives 
and niche sales specialists. The Strix Human 
Resources function provides day-to-day 
support and payroll administration to Billi 
operations in the UK, and strategic input  
for the wider Billi sub-group. 

External
Social contribution
2023 witnessed the further development of 
the Group’s social programme in China, all in 
an effort to raise awareness of sustainability 
within Strix and contribute to promoting the 
environment. We organised a major team 
building and social event, which involved a 
guided tour of a local site of historical interest 
(Lotus Mountain at Shawan), lunch at a 
favourite restaurant and a raffle. 

In the Isle of Man, Strix’s position as a leading 
business on the island increases our 
responsibility to positively impact the 
UNESCO world biosphere designated island 
and its community. Strix supports a multitude 
of local charities through both fund raising 
events and charity work. Employees are 
entitled to two extra days leave a year to 
support local good causes.

Community interaction and support
During 2023, the Group also engaged in other 
various community activities:
•  Through our Strix China HR team, we 

organised a parent-child ESG activity to 
Nansha Guangzhou to clean the beach.
•  Campaign to raise awareness during World 
Down Syndrome Day and recognition of a 
human rights based approach to disability 
by disassociating it with people ‘always 
needing charity, pity and support from 
others’, but rather having a right to be 
treated fairly and being given the same 
opportunities as everyone else.

• 

In connection with LAICA’s ‘Love your 
planet’ programme, a tree plantation 
programme was launched in partnership 
with Silko & Co, a Hungarian enterprise.
•  The Isle of Man office took part in charity 

fundraising for the ‘World’s Biggest Coffee 
Morning’ initiative in aid of Macmillan 
Cancer Support. 

•  The Isle of Man team also raised money in 
aid of Breast Cancer Awareness Month. 
•  Strix is represented on the STEM (Science, 
Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) 
Committee which supports the island’s 
Chamber of Commerce members and  
the sustainability of science, technology, 
engineering and manufacturing businesses 
in the Isle of Man by providing the voice  
of industry into Government and 
associated bodies.

As a global employer, 
spanning across 
multiple continents, 
we pride ourselves 
on the gender make 
up of our workforce 
where over 52% of 
employees are female, 
and women have a 
27% management 
representation.

45

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportResponsible Business – People continued

•  Membership of ACE – Awareness of 

Careers in Engineering – which involved 
Strix offering work experience for young 
adults thinking about career options.
•  Attendance at the Island’s Graduate Fair 
where we spoke to prospective recruits 
about opportunities available within  
Strix. Emma Cox, the Group HR Director, 
formed part of a panel interview to talk 
more about careers in the manufacturing 
and engineering sector.

•  Running of a summer internship 

programme including at our overseas  
site in Hong Kong.

Young people development
Strix is heavily involved in a number of 
organisations and events in the Isle of Man 
aimed at educating children and young people 
in areas such as science and engineering, 
whilst offering guidance and opportunities  
for future career development. Some of the 
initiatives we are involved in include: 
•  Paid internships and apprenticeship 
programmes focused on creating 
opportunities for school leavers and 
university graduates interested in careers 
in engineering.

•  Attendance at a number of STEM events  

on the island aimed towards attracting and 
informing school pupils as to the 
opportunities in science and engineering.
•  Visits by Strix employees in the engineering 
teams to local schools, as well as hosting 
pupils and university students from  
various schools and institutions to the 
Strix premises, to showcase ‘interesting 
inventions’ and provide some hands-on 
experience of the potential roles available 
within both an engineering and a  
business environment.
Involvement with Junior Achievement, 
which is a charity aimed at helping the 
island’s young people gain the essential 
skills they need for employment or 
entrepreneurship. Strix assisted teams in 
product development and design through 
prototype manufacturing and mentoring 
teams on how to nurture their ideas into a 
cohesive business.

• 

46

Strix is heavily involved in a number of 
organisations and events in the Isle of Man  
aimed at educating children and young people.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Talent retention and acquisition is  
key for an organisation growing and 
innovating at the pace Strix is.

The long-term people strategy
Strix has ambitious growth plans, which includes  
making acquisitions and diversifying our product ranges 
and our routes to market. In some instances, this requires 
recruiting for or developing new skills sets, and the 
longer-term people strategy for the Group is very much 
focused on this. Talent retention and acquisition is key for 
an organisation growing and innovating at the pace Strix is, 
and the wider strategy reflects this, with emphasis on 
learning and development, succession planning and 
flexible remuneration models that meet the diverse 
needs and interests of our people. 

47

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report•  Double walled kettles – the inclusion of 
a double wall reduces the initial energy 
requirements and more importantly 
assists in retaining the heat in the system, 
reducing the additional energy required 
to re-boil.

Responsible Business – Purpose

Strix mission for Purpose is to 
shape a safer, more sustainable 
future in the design and supply 
of innovative products that 
enhance customers’ everyday 
lives. This is achieved through: 

1.  Avoided emissions and plastic 

waste.

2. New product development.
3.  Water – healthy living and 

reduced plastic consumption.

4. Corporate governance.
5. Certifications.

48

Avoided emissions
Kettle – the most energy efficient 
method for boiling water
Our work on the risks and opportunities  
of climate change within our Task Force  
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) submission has highlighted a number 
of areas where the use of kettles is likely to 
increase and where the benefits of kettle 
usage over alternative water heating devices 
will further avoid emissions from alternative 
heating options. 
•  Grid decarbonisation – Governments 

around the world have made commitments 
to decarbonise their electricity grid, for 
example the UK by 2035. As the power  
grid decarbonises not only will a kettle  
use less energy than fossil fuel powered 
alternatives such as gas, it will move 
towards zero emissions. 

•  Urbanisation – The population is expected 

to continue to move into the cities, 
particularly in the lower income regions. 
This move to the cities, particularly in lower 
income countries, reduces the use of fossil 
fuels, including sold fuels such as coal or 
wood as city dwellers are generally linked 
into the grid for their primary power 
consumption. This will promote the use 
of more efficient lower-emission kettles.

•  Global warming – As temperatures 
increase so will the requirement for  
fluid intake. Hot drinks are likely to  
remain a critical constituent of fluid  
intake, particularly given the health 
benefits that are increasingly ascribed. 
Hence the potential for increased 
requirement for boiled water, further 
promoting the benefits of kettle use.

New product development
Sustainability provides a core strand to 
Strix’s new product roadmap, in particular, the 
energy consumption in our heating devices 
and improvement in the quality of filtration  
in our water delivery systems. Sustainability  
is embedded into our new product roadmap 
as it is becoming ever more important to 
customers and their preferences. The 
absolute level of spend decreased, reflecting 
the reorganisation and deferral of some 
projects whilst others moved towards 
customers trials, engineering set-up for 
production, etc.

However, despite the decrease in 
development spend, the Group continues to 
invest in products such as the below, keeping 
sustainability at the forefront of design:
•  Project Z next generation control series 
– Due to launch in 2024, the new switch  
is protected with nine control patents  
and four appliance patents. The key 
sustainability benefit comes in size,  
being around 30% lighter than the  
current generation thereby providing 
savings to direct material requirements.
•  Spout baffling system – Spout baffling 

consists of an internal mesh that restricts 
steam loss out of the kettle during boil. 
This product is designed with the goal of 
ensuring that no additional energy is used 
or wasted. 

•  Pre-boil cut off – By knowing the volume  
of water and the exact water temperature, 
so the power input can be switched  
off early leaving the latent heat in the  
system to further raise the temperature  
to boiling point, thereby reducing  
energy consumption.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Water – healthy living and reduced 
plastic consumption
Advanced filtration
LAICA and Billi have increased Strix’s exposure 
to quality of water alongside the traditional 
boiling of water. Increased health-conscious 
living is driving consumer demands for filtered 
tap water. 

HYDROSMART + METAL STOP filter installable 
on a home tap retains the mineral salts 
naturally present in the mains water and 
effectively reduces heavy metals, such as 
lead and cadmium, microplastics, sand, rust or 
suspended particles, chlorine and associated 
organic solvents. 

Luxgarde™ is Billi’s new system using a 
non-chemical UVC LED purification system 
which penetrates pathogens’ DNA, RNA and 
proteins, disrupting their replication process 
and ultimately rupturing their cell walls, 
putting an end to replication, ensuring a new 
level of hygiene, providing water free from 
microorganisms responsible for coliform, 
salmonella, legionellae, pseudomonas  
and even the hepatitis virus.

Corporate governance
The Board is committed to effective corporate 
governance and adhering to the highest 
standards. Strix applies the principles of  
the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘QCA Code’) as the 
Board believes that adherence to the QCA 
Code provides a strong foundation for 
delivering shareholder value and serves to 
mitigate and minimise risks. We are currently 
working towards adoption of the new IFRS 

sustainability standards S1/S2 to ensure  
full compliance, without any transition relief.
At Strix we set expectations of the highest 
standards which we expect to be carried out 
throughout the organisation. Our policies 
include (amongst others):
•  Anti-Bribery and Corruption.
•  Anti-Harassment and Bullying.
•  Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking.
•  Whistleblowing.

Annual General Meeting
The voting in favour of the remuneration report 
increased from 91.3% in 2022 to 97.9% in 2023 
reflecting dialogue with shareholders, with 
sustainability being a key element within 
Executive Director remuneration packages,  
in line with the TCFD requirement. 15% of the 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award is based 
on a reduction in Group energy intensity  
over the three-year period of at least 5% per 
annum, ahead of the Group’s stated targets. 

ISO accreditations
We see accreditations as assisting in 
developing and delivering intended results 
rather than a plaque to simply hang on the 
wall. Hence our drive for all sites to achieve 
accreditation in the key quality, environmental 
management and health & safety standards. 
In 2023 LAICA achieved ISO 45001, Ramsey 
became ISO 50001 accredited and Billi 
completed ISO 9001 and is planning on 
attaining ISO 14001 and ISO 45001 in 2024.  
The potential benefits from ISO 50001 Energy 
management were evidenced through the 
reduction in energy consumption of over 20% 
in the year. This was achieved through a range 
of initiatives and assisted by the installation of 
a new more efficient boiler.

9001
Quality 
systems

14001
Environmental 
management

45001
Occupational  
H&S

50001
Energy 
management

13485
Medical  
devices

17025
Test and 
calibration

ISO

Ronaldsway (IOM)

Ramsey (IOM)

China

LAICA

Billi

 “Part of the mantra of any 
manufacturing business 
is for ‘continued 
improvement’ and we 
look to encompass this 
within our sustainability 
agenda. Focus will 
continue on delivering 
on our ambitious 
targets, retaining our 
status as an exclusive 
‘best-in-class’ 
responsible business”.

Richard Sells
Non-Executive Director 

49

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportStakeholder Engagement

Engaging our 
stakeholders

Strix’s business model is 
predicated on understanding 
and serving the needs of all  
our stakeholders as developed 
through continual and 
responsive dialogue. 

The Group considers the 
impacts our business decisions 
have on stakeholders, with the 
aim of addressing any concerns 
they might have, as we actively 
engage with them to nurture 
relationships that underpin  
the long-term success and 
sustainability of the Group. 

The Group considers six key stakeholders 
that drive our strategy:

50

Risk

Our shareholders

Our employees

Our customers 

Our suppliers

Our communities

The environment

Why do we engage?

As ultimate owners of the business, we engage 
with our investors for transparency on our business 
model, strategies and performance, whilst 
obtaining an understanding of their needs and 
priorities in order to deliver value for their 
investment in our business. 

With over 1,000 employees across 12 locations 
worldwide, our employees are our greatest asset 
and the Group believes that the development and 
retention of talent is important to achieve the 
long-term strategic goals of the business.

In line with our mission statement, the value  

We work closely with our suppliers to build 

As a financially successful business, we are in a 

Human impacts on the environment are 

of the business is created based on how  

strong relationships that make doing business 

strong position to give back and acknowledge our 

increasingly recognised as harmful to the long-

we enhance customers’ lives through the 

with us a long-term goal which brings value to 

responsibility to the communities in which we 

term sustainability of our society and planet. Not 

innovative and sustainable design and 

efficiency of our products. Constant 

both parties. Forming strategic partnerships 

operate. We aim to strengthen our position as  

only is managing our environmental impact the 

enhances the value of our business and  

a global, socially responsible employer, whilst 

right thing to do, but delivering environmentally 

engagement with customers is necessary  

plays a major role in ultimately satisfying the 

reinforcing our corporate culture and employee 

friendly products is key to our growth strategy.

in order to continue meeting their needs.

needs of our customers, whilst meeting our 

pride in our positive contribution to all of our local 

sustainability targets. 

communities across the Group. 

What are their key areas of interest?

How do we engage?

•  Revenue growth and profitability.
•  Product and geographical diversification.
•  Value creation and returns on investments, 

including dividends.

•  Market share and leadership.
•  Sustainability through our Environmental, Social 

and Governance (ESG) strategy.

•  Annual General Meetings.
•  Capital Markets Days.
• 
•  Direct meetings with institutional investors via 
various media, including video conference calls.

Investor roadshows and presentations.

•  Written communications, including Annual 

• 
• 

Reports and results releases.
Independent investor feedback reviews.
Individual shareholders are encouraged to 
contact Directors on all matters relating to 
governance and strategy via the Company 
Secretary or Representative.

•  Health, safety and wellbeing.
•  Training and development.
•  Reward and recognition.
•  Career progression.
•  Culture, diversity and community.

•  Safety and sustainability.

• 

Innovation and efficiency.

•  Quality and reliability.

•  Supply chain management.

•  Cost effectiveness.

•  Long-term relationships and supply chain 

•  Job creation, including young people 

security.

development and apprenticeships.

•  Pricing and related terms of supply.

•  Charitable funding.

•  Quality and audit standards, and related 

•  Public health and safety.

requirements.

•  Education.

•  Governance and corporate responsibility.

•  Preservation and restoration of  

the environment.

•  Reduced carbon footprint.

•  Charitable funding.

•  Preservation of our planet.

•  We communicate through a variety of channels 
including internal meetings, video and call 
conferencing, email and written communication.
•  Quarterly newsletters with business updates and 
news on finances, social events and employee 
interests and profiles, amongst other things.

•  A global intranet platform with notices and 
announcements, workflows processes and 
employee directory amongst other things.
•  Periodic employee surveys and annual reviews  

as a feedback platform.

•  Employee assistance programme, including 
counselling, to assist on issues impacting 
wellbeing and performance. 

•  Encouraging employee participation through 
‘Think Twice’ and ‘Lean Initiative’ schemes.
Internal training and certification including 
relevant ISOs.

• 

sales or commercial teams.

• 

Involving them in product design and 

testing, and sharing of knowledge and 

understanding of products for faster 

seminars and exhibitions.

•  Engage with consultants to handle 

customer relations for large group 

companies who request to deal with 

manufacturers.

•  Effective order and supply chain  

process, simplifying order execution  

and product delivery.

•  Continual dialogue to understand their 

•  Bi-annual audits.

•  Communication of our sustainability strategy 

•  Communication of our sustainability strategy 

challenges supported by close research  

•  Continual communications on our Supplier 

via ESG reports and presentations.

via the Group’s annual Sustainability report.

and development alignment.

Code of Business Conduct.

•  Sponsorship of, and participation in annual 

•  Participation in local community projects 

•  Maintaining close relationships via regional 

•  Discussion on mutual working, including 

graduate intern and youth development 

understanding of their operations to 

improve awareness on sustainability 

programmes, including Junior Achievement 

programmes to enhance training and 

requirements in line with the Responsible 

development for children, young people  

•  Various initiatives to raise awareness of 

Business Alliance.

and graduates. 

environmental preservation. 

focused on preservation of nature and the 

environment, including voluntary work with 

local charities.

product releases in line with market needs.

• 

Internal risk assessments on policy 

•  Participation and membership in local business 

•  Alignment with the UN’s Sustainable 

•  Regular participation in self-organised 

awareness, quality, capacity and 

networks, including Chamber of Commerce 

Development Goals.

performance.

committees and STEM (science, technology, 

•  Continued research and development of energy 

engineering, mathematics) groups.

efficient kettles to reduce wasted energy.

•  Continued volunteering, support and 

• 

Investment into plastic waste reducing 

fundraising activities for various charities 

products to reduce and eliminate the need for 

involved with, amongst others: mental health, 

single-use bottles which end up in a landfill or 

social welfare, humanitarian aid for children, 

part of the millions of tonnes of plastic in the 

cancer support groups, and various disability 

oceans.

groups.

•  Ensuring availability of safe water and sanitation 

•  Awards earned from the various contributions 

for all through the development of the filtration 

made to our various stakeholders and society.

products to enhance water quality, removing 

lead, bacteria and viruses.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Risk

Our shareholders

Our employees

Our customers 

Our suppliers

Our communities

The environment

Why do we engage?

As ultimate owners of the business, we engage 

With over 1,000 employees across 12 locations 

with our investors for transparency on our business 

worldwide, our employees are our greatest asset 

model, strategies and performance, whilst 

and the Group believes that the development and 

obtaining an understanding of their needs and 

retention of talent is important to achieve the 

priorities in order to deliver value for their 

long-term strategic goals of the business.

investment in our business. 

What are their key areas of interest?

•  Revenue growth and profitability.

•  Product and geographical diversification.

•  Health, safety and wellbeing.

•  Training and development.

How do we engage?

•  Value creation and returns on investments, 

•  Reward and recognition.

including dividends.

•  Market share and leadership.

•  Career progression.

•  Culture, diversity and community.

•  Sustainability through our Environmental, Social 

and Governance (ESG) strategy.

•  Annual General Meetings.

•  Capital Markets Days.

•  We communicate through a variety of channels 

including internal meetings, video and call 

• 

Investor roadshows and presentations.

conferencing, email and written communication.

•  Direct meetings with institutional investors via 

•  Quarterly newsletters with business updates and 

various media, including video conference calls.

news on finances, social events and employee 

•  Written communications, including Annual 

interests and profiles, amongst other things.

Reports and results releases.

• 

• 

Independent investor feedback reviews.

Individual shareholders are encouraged to 

•  A global intranet platform with notices and 

announcements, workflows processes and 

employee directory amongst other things.

contact Directors on all matters relating to 

•  Periodic employee surveys and annual reviews  

governance and strategy via the Company 

as a feedback platform.

Secretary or Representative.

•  Employee assistance programme, including 

counselling, to assist on issues impacting 

wellbeing and performance. 

•  Encouraging employee participation through 

‘Think Twice’ and ‘Lean Initiative’ schemes.

• 

Internal training and certification including 

relevant ISOs.

In line with our mission statement, the value  
of the business is created based on how  
we enhance customers’ lives through the 
innovative and sustainable design and 
efficiency of our products. Constant 
engagement with customers is necessary  
in order to continue meeting their needs.

We work closely with our suppliers to build 
strong relationships that make doing business 
with us a long-term goal which brings value to 
both parties. Forming strategic partnerships 
enhances the value of our business and  
plays a major role in ultimately satisfying the 
needs of our customers, whilst meeting our 
sustainability targets. 

As a financially successful business, we are in a 
strong position to give back and acknowledge our 
responsibility to the communities in which we 
operate. We aim to strengthen our position as  
a global, socially responsible employer, whilst 
reinforcing our corporate culture and employee 
pride in our positive contribution to all of our local 
communities across the Group. 

Human impacts on the environment are 
increasingly recognised as harmful to the long-
term sustainability of our society and planet. Not 
only is managing our environmental impact the 
right thing to do, but delivering environmentally 
friendly products is key to our growth strategy.

•  Safety and sustainability.
• 
Innovation and efficiency.
•  Quality and reliability.
•  Supply chain management.
•  Cost effectiveness.

•  Long-term relationships and supply chain 

security.

•  Pricing and related terms of supply.
•  Quality and audit standards, and related 

requirements.

•  Governance and corporate responsibility.

•  Job creation, including young people 
development and apprenticeships.

•  Charitable funding.
•  Public health and safety.
•  Education.
•  Preservation and restoration of  

the environment.

•  Reduced carbon footprint.
•  Charitable funding.
•  Preservation of our planet.

•  Bi-annual audits.
•  Continual communications on our Supplier 

Code of Business Conduct.

•  Discussion on mutual working, including 
understanding of their operations to 
improve awareness on sustainability 
requirements in line with the Responsible 
Business Alliance.
Internal risk assessments on policy 
awareness, quality, capacity and 
performance.

• 

•  Continual dialogue to understand their 

challenges supported by close research  
and development alignment.

•  Maintaining close relationships via regional 

• 

sales or commercial teams.
Involving them in product design and 
testing, and sharing of knowledge and 
understanding of products for faster 
product releases in line with market needs.

•  Regular participation in self-organised 

seminars and exhibitions.

•  Engage with consultants to handle 
customer relations for large group 
companies who request to deal with 
manufacturers.

•  Effective order and supply chain  

process, simplifying order execution  
and product delivery.

•  Communication of our sustainability strategy 

via ESG reports and presentations.

•  Sponsorship of, and participation in annual 
graduate intern and youth development 
programmes, including Junior Achievement 
programmes to enhance training and 
development for children, young people  
and graduates. 

•  Participation and membership in local business 
networks, including Chamber of Commerce 
committees and STEM (science, technology, 
engineering, mathematics) groups.
•  Continued volunteering, support and 

fundraising activities for various charities 
involved with, amongst others: mental health, 
social welfare, humanitarian aid for children, 
cancer support groups, and various disability 
groups.

•  Awards earned from the various contributions 
made to our various stakeholders and society.

•  Communication of our sustainability strategy 
via the Group’s annual Sustainability report.

•  Participation in local community projects 

focused on preservation of nature and the 
environment, including voluntary work with 
local charities.

•  Various initiatives to raise awareness of 

environmental preservation. 

•  Alignment with the UN’s Sustainable 

Development Goals.

•  Continued research and development of energy 

• 

efficient kettles to reduce wasted energy.
Investment into plastic waste reducing 
products to reduce and eliminate the need for 
single-use bottles which end up in a landfill or 
part of the millions of tonnes of plastic in the 
oceans.

•  Ensuring availability of safe water and sanitation 
for all through the development of the filtration 
products to enhance water quality, removing 
lead, bacteria and viruses.

51

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportComplementary product range
LAICA’s prominent position in point-of-use 
water filtration, kitchenware, personal scales 
and healthcare products significantly fortifies 
Strix’s presence in these vital sectors. This 
enhancement enriches the Strix product line 
with a versatile array of ‘At Home’ and ‘On the 
Go’ water filtration solutions, tailored to meet 
the diverse needs of consumers across 
demographics. From tap filters and water filter 
carafes to rapid flow filtration bottles, LAICA 
extends a comprehensive range of offerings. 

Additionally, LAICA’s portfolio includes 
personal and kitchen scales, kitchen 
appliances and a selection of small  
appliances designed for healthcare and 
beauty applications.

Worldwide footprint and established 
distribution networks
LAICA has a strong heritage in household 
products and has been one of the most 
favoured and recognised brands in Italy for 
over 50 years. Taking advantage of this, LAICA 

Case Study: LAICA Group

The acquisition of LAICA took place in 2020, significantly bolstering 
Strix’s presence in the consumer goods sector and furnishing a 
global platform for future organic and inorganic expansion. Despite 
the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic shortly after the acquisition, 
its integration has progressed as planned.

Designated as the European hub for new 
product development in the water and 
sourced appliance categories, LAICA has  
been instrumental in enhancing Strix’s water 
treatment offerings since its incorporation 
into the Group in October 2020. By driving 
efficiencies and enriching the Group’s 
appliance category, LAICA has contributed 
to a comprehensive product portfolio on a 
broad scale.

LAICA’s impressive performance this year is 
attributed to its seamless integration with the 
broader Strix Group, coupled with a steadfast 
commitment to cost control and process 
enhancement at the local level.

Effective management with  
an experienced team
Under the adept leadership of a strong team, 
LAICA contributes extensive expertise in the 
water filtration and small domestic appliances 
sectors. Collaborating closely with the 
broader Strix Group, LAICA facilitates 
seamless commercial and operational 
enhancements. Riccardo Dolcetta continues 
to demonstrate exceptional performance as 
the General Manager, supported by Nicolò 
Zanuso as Finance Director, alongside a 
steadfast and reliable workforce.

£23.4m 

FY 2023 LAICA net sales

£4.7m 

FY 2023 LAICA adjusted EBITDA 

+24.8%

LAICA adjusted EBITDA growth from 2022

Note: Numbers above include intercompany trading with 
other Strix entities.

52

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 “LAICA has world wide distribution of a range of  
established and highly regarded products by customers 
and consumers alike. The acquisition by Strix has 
empowered LAICA to craft a cutting-edge product 
roadmap, seamlessly integrating the company into  
Strix and facilitating the expansion of the Aqua Optima 
brand range into new markets where LAICA operates. The 
financial performance during this period has continued  
to be strong with adjusted EBITDA reaching 20.2% of net 
sales, marking one of LAICA’s most exceptional outcomes 
yet. This achievement is attributed to the operational 
excellence diligently cultivated over recent years.”

Mark Bartlett
CEO

provides new potential routes to market for  
all Strix’s products through long standing 
distribution channels in many geographical 
areas, with a particular strength in the Middle 
East, Asia, the Balkans and Southern Europe. 

The Strix Group now manufactures all filters  
in two locations including the LAICA factory, 
freeing us from third-party risk, whilst allowing 
a new level of flexibility and customisation to 
offer our customers for both branded and 
private labelled solutions.

Advanced manufacturing and 
engineering prowess
The LAICA facility situated in Northern Italy 
equips Strix with cutting-edge, automated 
manufacturing capabilities, comprehensive 
warehousing solutions, and a dedicated sales 
and marketing office within the European 
Union, facilitating enhanced access to the 
post-Brexit market landscape. Boasting  
a state-of-the-art infrastructure, the 
manufacturing plant houses a Research and 
Development centre, a Quality and Design 
facility, a CAD Engineering office, and 

production lines specifically tailored for  
the fabrication of water filtration products 
including filters, jugs and cartridges. 
Renowned for their meticulous attention to 
detail, creative designs and utilisation of 
top-quality raw materials and production 
processes, LAICA products epitomise 
excellence.

Continual innovation and advancement define 
LAICA’s ethos, underscored by relentless 
research and development efforts aimed  
at delivering cutting-edge solutions. The 
company actively collaborates with technical-
scientific bodies and engages in community 
and national projects, further fuelling its 
research and development endeavours.

LAICA’s unwavering commitment to quality  
is attested by a multitude of certifications 
from renowned international organisations 
and independent research laboratories. 
Notably, the management of its quality 
systems adheres to ISO 9001:2015 regulatory 
standards, ensuring robust business 
processes. Furthermore, aligned with  
Strix’s overarching Environmental, Social  
and Governance (ESG) programme, LAICA  
has attained ISO 45001:2018 certification  
for occupational health and safety 
management systems, as well as ISO 
14001:2015 certification for environmental 
impact management. Additionally, the 
company has successfully implemented a 
compliance model in accordance with the 
highest standards of corporate governance, 
in compliance with Italian Legislative Decree  
No. 231 dated 8 June 2001.

Over the past year, the local management  
has effectively executed a diverse array of 
operational enhancements, notably including 
the implementation of a new forecasting and 
demand planning system. These initiatives 
have proven instrumental in substantially 
elevating LAICA’s local net working capital. 
Specifically, the company has succeeded in 
reducing the cash conversion cycle to 88 days 
compared to previous benchmarks.

LAICA has been instrumental  
in enhancing Strix’s water 
treatment offerings since its 
incorporation into the Group  
in October 2020.

53

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportRisk Management Approach

Risk management is built into our day-to-day activities as it 
continues to be essential for delivery on our strategic objectives. 
Its effective management therefore forms an integral part of how 
we operate as a Group. 

Risk appetite
To strengthen our competitive advantage  
and culture of innovation, the Board 
recognises that employees are encouraged  
to take considered risks that drive product 
innovation and support the growth potential 
of the business. 

The list to the right is not an exhaustive list  
of all of the risks that the Group faces. Our 
operating environment is subject to change 
and new risks may arise. The potential impact 
of known risks may increase or decrease  
and/or our assessment of these risks may 
change. Included on the following pages  
are explanations of how each risk is  
being mitigated. 

Principal risks are highlighted by a bold 
typeface, whilst less critical risks are 
highlighted in an italicised typeface.

Risk assessment
Risks are categorised as either strategic, 
financial, operational, reputational or 
compliance risks and are assessed on a residual 
basis according to the Board’s current view of 
their potential severity (being the combination 
of likelihood and consequence), assuming that 
existing controls in place are effective. 

The Board recognises that there are risks  
and uncertainties that could have a material 
effect on the Group. Where the reduction or 
removal of the risk is not possible, the Group 
formulates a management action plan to 
respond to the risk should the risk materialise 
(e.g. the Business Continuity Plan). The Board 
agrees the appetite for risk and endorses that 
of the senior management team.

Ongoing monitoring
Identified risks included within the Risk 
Register are reviewed periodically by the 
senior management team, and at least 
annually by the Board. The review includes  
an assessment of each risk to address any 
changes in circumstance, a re-appraisal of  
the residual risk and the effectiveness of 
mitigating actions taken to date.

New risks are added to the register on 
identification, via a number of processes 
which seek to capture risks not already 
included on the Risk Register.

54

Risk heat map

i

n
a
t
r
e
C

l

y
e
k
L

i

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

l

i

e
b
s
s
o
P

l

y
e
k

i
l

n
U

6

4

9

53
87

12 13

1

2

e
r
a
R

11

10

Insignificant

Minor

Moderate

Major

Catastrophic

Consequence

Identify risk
The risks identified in 
the heat map highlight 
those risks which could 
have the greatest 
impact on the Group’s 
operations and viability.

1.  Reliance on key customers
2.  Reliance on key suppliers
3.  Competitors and market 

8.  Disruption to supply chain
9.  Impact of COVID-19
10. New and existing 

pressures

4.  Raw material and 

commodity prices and 
general cost inflation

5.  External factors 
6.  Foreign exchange risk
7.  Loss of key personnel

manufacturing facilities

11.  Reputational risks
12.  Intellectual property
13.  Cybersecurity

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Principal Risks

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Strategic risks

Reliance  
on key 
customers

Reliance on key 
suppliers 

Competitors and 
market pressures 

The Group has a number of key customer relationships, being some of the 
largest OEMs in the global market. The top ten customers in Strix Controls 
segment contributed c.29% of the Group’s revenues in the financial year 
ended 31 December 2023 (FY 2022: c.42%), with the largest customer 
making up c.11% (FY 2022: c.14%) of the Group’s revenues. Excluding the 
impact of Billi, which had full year results included for the first time in the 
current year, the top 10 customers in Strix Controls segment contributed 
c.41% of the Group’s revenues in the financial year ended 31 December 2023, 
with the largest customer making up c.15%. The loss of any of these key 
customer relationships could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s 
business, financial position and results of operations.

The Group relies upon certain key suppliers, although dual source 
arrangements are in place across the supplier base. As a result, if alternative 
supply sources could not fulfil the required demand, the Group would be 
exposed to a number of risks, including the risk of supply disruption, the risk 
of key suppliers increasing prices and the risk of a key supplier suffering a 
quality issue which impacts upon the quality of the Group’s products. All of 
these risks, which apply across the marketplace, could have a negative 
impact on the Group’s business and, if required, the engagement of 
alternative suppliers may increase the Group’s cost base.

The Group operates in competitive and price sensitive markets, and a 
number of low-cost competitors exist that may attempt to increase their 
market share by undercutting Strix on pricing or launching new brands, 
amongst other tactics. If a significant shift in market pricing occurs and the 
Group is not able to mitigate this by reducing costs accordingly, the Group’s 
revenues and profitability may be negatively affected. The markets in which 
the Group operate in may become more price sensitive.

•  Strix undertakes regular dialogue with its key customers, building strong 

Movement:

commercial and engineering relationships. 

•  Strix is fully integrated in the entire value chain for our key products and 
provides a number of value added services to our customers to protect 
these key customer relationships.

•  Strix regularly reviews and manages key customer credit exposures. 
•  With the acquisition of Billi, Strix has extensively diversified its portfolio 
and customer bases, allowing for an increased number of multiple 
sources of income to mitigate further the risk of reliance on a limited 
number of key customer relationships.

•  Dual sourcing where appropriate to reduce dependence on single suppliers.
•  Monitoring of the financial and operational viability of key suppliers.
•  Ongoing monitoring of inventory levels to ensure availability in times  

• 

of production volatility.
Insourcing of production from our new manufacturing plant to reduce 
reliance on external suppliers, also thereby reducing overhead costs.

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Major

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Major

•  We constantly monitor our competitors and market trends to understand 

Movement:

the dynamic forces which shape our competitive landscape.

•  We have undertaken a number of automation projects to mitigate the  

risk of labour cost inflation and reduce the costs of production wherever 
possible, particularly in China where the majority of our manufacturing 
employees are located.

•  We are active in a wide variety of markets across the world which provides 
some protection from targeted competitive activity in specific markets.

•  Careful management of our variable and fixed cost bases with an  

added advantage of the continued adoption of lean and automated 
manufacturing processes with insourcing of commodities from increased 
production capacity at the China manufacturing plant.

•  Targeted investment in engineering, and a commitment to lean 

manufacturing, quality and customer relationships.

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Moderate

55

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks continued

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Financial risks

Raw material  
and commodity 
prices and 
general cost 
inflation

External factors

We are also exposed to fluctuations in the prices of some raw materials, 
in particular copper and silver, as recently seen in major global supply 
chains in all industries due to remnant impacts of recovery from the 
COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the cost of living crisis resulting from the 
ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. The Board monitor this 
closely and have put in place appropriate steps to mitigate the impact of 
this. However, a significant change in the cost of certain raw materials, 
particularly silver and copper, if sustained for a prolonged period may 
increase our material costs without necessarily allowing a corresponding 
increase in the sales price of our products, which could affect the 
Group’s margins and ultimate profitability.

Any change in the costs of operating the Group could impact the Group’s 
profitability. Such cost increases could be incurred from increments  
in supplier costs (including, amongst other things, raw materials and 
energy costs, particularly electricity costs), employment costs or wage 
inflation, or increases in costs to be incurred due to regulatory change. 
Although such costs are accounted for, where these can be estimated, 
in future budgets for the Group, not all cost increases are capable of 
being estimated adequately in advance.

We continue to monitor the ever-changing political landscape with 
particular focus on the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, 
the US/China trade tensions and any spill-over effects of Brexit still 
being felt. Given the Group’s primary customers are kettle OEMs located 
in China, the disruption from these external factors is expected to be 
relatively muted. Due to the large degree of uncertainty and volatility  
in macroeconomic and geopolitical landscapes, the Group is actively 
monitoring these situations and continues to review the Group’s risks.

56

•  We have undertaken a number of automation projects to mitigate the risk of 
labour cost inflation and reduce the costs of production wherever possible, 
particularly in China where the majority of our manufacturing employees  
are located.

•  Careful management of our variable and fixed cost bases, with an added 

advantage of the continued adoption of lean and automated manufacturing 
processes with insourcing of commodities from increased production capacity  
at the China manufacturing plant.

•  As market leader we have the ability to undertake a price increase if the inflation 

of costs is prolonged and significant.

•  Forward procurement of commodities to secure future profits, and raw material 
purchasing policy of buying up to 12 months in advance for silver and copper.

Status

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Likely

Consequence:  
Major

•  The geographical spread of our business across the world limits our exposure to 
this risk, in particular with the recent added advantages and economies of scales 
emanating from the Billi acquisition.

•  Where required, we have maintained stock levels to mitigate the risk of increased 

raw material and customer shipment lead times.

•  The Group is actively monitoring these situations and continues to review the 

Group’s risks and taking targeted actions where necessary.

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Moderate

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Financial risks continued

Mitigation

•  Our natural hedge by virtue of generating income and incurring costs in broadly 

balanced currencies is monitored by the Finance function to detect any changes 
in this balance and make appropriate adjustments if required.
If risks are outside of tolerance, forward foreign currency exchange contracts can 
be entered into in order to mitigate the risk to an acceptable level.

• 

•  The amount of the Group’s cash in China is minimised in order to reduce the risk 

of any future inability to distribute profits or dividends. 

•  Hiring a new Treasury Manager.

Foreign 
exchange risk

The Group has a natural hedge in place as our sales and costs are 
generally balanced across the various currencies in which the Group 
operates. However, the Group’s exposure to currency fluctuations 
inherently exists due to trading in foreign currency across multiple 
jurisdictions, and also due to the consolidation of foreign subsidiaries 
into the Group. The Group’s payments and receipts are predominantly in 
Pound Sterling (GBP), US Dollar (USD), Chinese Yuan (CNY), Euro (EUR), 
Australian Dollar (AUD), New Zealand Dollar (NZD) and Taiwan Dollar 
(TWD). Changes in the rates of foreign exchange against the GBP, the 
Group’s presentation currency, could adversely impact margins earned.

In addition, under the current regulations on foreign exchange control  
in China, foreign investment enterprises are allowed to distribute their 
profits or dividends in foreign currencies to foreign investors through 
designated foreign exchange banks without the prior approval of  
the State Administration for Foreign Exchange of China. However,  
the exchange of CNY into foreign currencies for capital items such as 
direct investment, loans and security investment, is subject to strict 
controls and requires the approval of the State Administration for 
Foreign Exchange of China. The distribution of the Group’s profits and 
dividends may be adversely affected if the Chinese Government imposes 
greater restriction on the ability of the CNY to be exchanged into foreign 
currencies. If there are any changes to the current regulations, there  
can be no assurance that the Group will be able to obtain sufficient 
foreign exchange to pay dividends or satisfy other foreign exchange 
requirements in the future.

Status

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Likely

Consequence:  
Moderate

57

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks continued

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

Operational risks

Loss of key 
personnel 

Disruption to 
supply chain 

The Group is currently undergoing a major business restructuring 
programme particularly of our operating segments and divisions in  
order to realign our business and focus on our core competencies of 
technology, innovation, manufacturing excellence, quality and safety,  
so as to steer our valuable resources more towards profitable growth 
opportunities. As a result of this restructure, there may be changes in 
staff and management, which might pose risks relating to uncertainty 
amongst our current workforce. This might, in turn, risk the departure of 
some key staff and personnel at the detriment of the Group achieving 
our restructuring objectives. 

The impact of recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic has caused  
major global supply chain disruptions which have directly affected  
the Group in the previous year, experienced in the form of possible 
disruptions to normal operations, and increased carriage, freight, 
shipping and transportation costs. The Group’s operations facilitate  
the transfer and movement of commodities and goods across multiple 
jurisdictions, internally amongst the Group’s various production and 
distribution sites, and externally to and from customers and suppliers. 
Therefore, an inherent risk to the Group supply chain still exists in the 
form of disruptions to operations from shortages of supplies, delays  
in deliveries and increased costs of carriage and freight, all of which 
directly impacted the Group’s underlying margins, profitability and 
performance. However, the negative impact of these disruptions have 
largely subsided in the current year as we entered into the ‘new normal’ 
post-COVID era. 

•  Refinement of operational model tailored to each division down to department 

Movement:

level with clearly defined roles and responsibilities. 

•  Enhanced employee engagement, including ‘open-door’ access by, and regular 
two-way communications between, all employees and the senior management 
team (particularly the CEO and our Human Resources function) in order to solidify 
reassurances on the potential benefits of the Group’s restructuring programmes.
•  Extensive reviews of remuneration structures, including matching remuneration 
levels with industry standards, reviews of reward payment structures (including 
bonuses and Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIPs)).

•  Transparency of career development paths.
•  Recruitment processes strengthened as the Group continues with its commitment 
to sourcing key talent both to strengthen resources and replace any recent losses 
in key personnel. 

•  The Group has continued to monitor global supply chain trends in order to 

reasonably anticipate any potential future hurdles, and thereby plan ahead to 
ensure minimal disruptions to normal operations should these resurface, including 
seeking optimal shipping and transportation arrangements if necessary. 
•  The Group successfully implemented price increases on some of its legacy 

products in both Strix controls and water categories as well as across the wider 
range in the prior year to minimise the impact of any cost inflations, and we 
constantly continue to monitor margins and profitability into the current year  
and budgetary future years.

•  Freight costs budgetary planning and analysis continues to be done on a monthly 
basis to assess the global supply chain trends and any potential impacts on the 
Group’s operations and finances. 

•  Forward procurement of commodities to secure future profits and a raw material 
purchasing policy of buying up to 12 months in advance for silver and copper to 
ensure availability of stock for minimal disruptions to operations. 

•  Holding of finished stock in different districts in order to minimise any disruptions.
•  Adoption of lean and automated manufacturing processes with insourcing of 
commodities from increased production capacity at the China manufacturing 
plant.

•  Dual sourcing where appropriate to reduce dependence on single suppliers or 

supply chain routes.

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Moderate

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Moderate

58

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Risk

Impact

Operational risks continued

Impact of 
COVID-19

New and existing 
manufacturing 
facilities

The Group currently manufactures the majority of its products at  
the manufacturing facility in Zengcheng, China, and also in Italy and 
more recently Australia (following the acquisition of Billi). COVID-19 
lockdowns persisted into the second half of the previous 2022 financial 
year mainly in China with more stability prevalent in other territories.  
In the current 2023 financial year, there were no widescale lockdowns  
in any of the Group’s manufacturing facilities, however from an 
operational standpoint, if COVID-19 is contracted by individual 
employees within our factories, this could lead to disruption within  
the manufacturing cycle and ultimately lead to capacity constraints  
in meeting customer demands. 

Any major disruption will put global supply chains at risk and could 
impact our ability to meet customer demand due to shortages/downtime 
further down our supply chain and interrupt outbound logistics options. 

In addition to facilities in the Isle of Man, Italy, and more recently  
Australia (with the acquisition of Billi), the Group’s China facility  
currently manufactures the majority of its products. If for any reason, 
including product mix changes, a capacity constraint is created, or 
should the operations at this and the other sites become disrupted for 
whatever reason (or reasons), and/or the Group is unable to find suitable 
alternative manufacturing sites, the Group’s ability to meet the demands 
of its customers could be affected. Any of the above could negatively 
impact the Group’s relationships with its customers.

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Mitigation

Status

•  The Group is continuously monitoring the impact of COVID-19 from both an 

Movement:

operational and financial standpoint, albeit on a smaller scale. 

•  The Group still has in place numerous preventative measures at all sites, 
emphasising workplace hygiene, including making medical supplies such  
as face masks, thermometers and hand sanitisers readily available to ensure 
manufacturing operations are not disrupted significantly through loss of staff 
due to illness/isolation.

•  The Group has emergency response teams on standby and released guidance  

to all employees stipulating best practices and mitigating the spread of 
misinformation.

•  The Group has aligned IT systems to support evolving working requirements. 

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Minor/Moderate

•  The China factory features automated functionality and increased manufacturing 

Movement:

capacity and it was constructed in a modular way in order to reduce the risk 
posed by any potential disruptions. 

•  Strix put in place preventative measures at all operational sites including fire 
suppression and prevention systems, periodic health and safety training for  
staff and implementation of alternative energy sources to ensure continuity  
in the event of any disruption to normal power supplies.

•  A detailed recovery plan has been documented as part of the Group’s Business 

Continuity Plan which is overseen by the Recovery Management Team. 
Procedures relate to communications and information exchange, recovery 
process phase, clean-up process, pollution prevention and restoration (including 
insurance claims and compensations). Restoration procedures include plan 
maintenance, back-ups, testing and emergency sources of power generation.

Likelihood:  
Rare

Consequence:  
Minor

59

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportPrincipal Risks continued

Movement key:

  Increase

  Decrease

  No change

Risk

Impact

Mitigation

Status

The Group’s reputation for and delivery of high-quality products  
with high standards of safety is key to a number of direct and indirect 
customers in choosing Strix products. Should Strix suffer product  
quality or safety issues, leading to a negative impact on its reputation 
with customers, future performance could be significantly impaired.

•  Robust engineering design and validation processes from initial design and 

Movement:

development through production and into service. 

•  High levels of quality assurance are embedded in robust manufacturing systems. 
•  Engagement with external certification bodies in order to ensure our products 

have already passed certification with key standard setting bodies.

Reputational risks

Reputational 
risks

Compliance risks

Intellectual 
property

The Group relies on a combination of patents, design registrations, 
trademarks, trade secrets, copyright and other contractual agreements 
and technical measures to protect its proprietary intellectual property 
rights. The Group’s success will in part depend on its ability to establish, 
protect and enforce proprietary rights relating to the development, 
manufacture, use or sale of its existing and proposed products.

•  The Group vigorously defends our key intellectual property in order to derive the 
maximum economic benefit from our portfolio of intellectual property assets.

•  The Group actively monitors new products introduced in markets where 

intellectual property protection is in place to ensure our designs and trademarks 
are not being infringed and where they are, restitution is sought. 

Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity risks include risks from malware and ransomware attacks 
by third parties in an attempt to gain unauthorised access to our IT 
systems. The Group’s operations are heavily reliant on IT infrastructure. 
Therefore, any unauthorised access could result in disruptions to 
operations, loss of data, breach of privacy, and loss of assets and funds.

•  Deploying security tools to limit the impact and spread of ransomware, including 

the use of endpoint security systems to monitor and secure entry and end-points 
to our full IT infrastructure. 

•  Ensuring firewalls and anti-virus software are robust and up-to-date to block any 

potential attacks.

•  Employees across the whole Group continue to receive extensive training about 
IT security and potential risks. This is supported by a continuous awareness 
programme to further explain what measures need to be taken to ensure 
consequences are minimised.

•  Should a cyber incident occur, the Group has a detailed recovery plan that  
has been documented as part of the Group’s Business Continuity Plan  
which is overseen by the Recovery Management Team. Procedures relate  
to communications and information exchange, recovery process phase and 
restoration (including insurance claims and compensations). Restoration 
procedures include plan maintenance, back-ups and testing.

•  Further strengthening of Disaster Recovery plans to ensure that different 

geographical locations may continue if breach occurred elsewhere.

60

Likelihood:  
Rare

Consequence:  
Insignificant

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Moderate

Movement:

Likelihood:  
Possible

Consequence:  
Moderate

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
Capital Allocation Framework 

Strix’s Capital Allocation Framework is used to prioritise the use of cash generated by the Group. Our framework addresses the investment 
needs of the business, regular dividend payments and additional returns to shareholders. The framework also seeks to maintain an 
appropriate capital structure and a robust balance sheet. 

Operating capital 
expenditure 

Progressive  
dividend policy 

Value accretive 
acquisitions

Conservative  
balance sheet

The Group has invested heavily in production 
automation since IPO to increase production 
volumes, quality control, efficiency and 
reliability.

Operational efficiencies continue to improve, 
maximising on the full potential of the 
manufacturing factory in China. 

There will be reduced capital expenditure  
and working capital and no further investment 
in new builds in the medium term as the Board’s 
capital allocation priorities continue to focus  
on debt reduction and increasing cash  
flow generation.

Since IPO, the Group has demonstrated a 
progressive dividend policy. Given the increase 
in net debt due to the strategic acquisition  
of Billi, and with the high interest rates 
environment, the Board continues to take 
precautions to balance the capital allocation 
priorities and as a result in FY 2023 declared  
a dividend of 0.9p per share.

This represents a decrease in the dividend 
growth rate of 85.0% in comparison to the  
total dividends per share declared in FY 2022. 

No further dividend declarations are proposed 
on FY 2023 distributable reserves as priorities  
of debt reduction and cash flow generation has 
taken precedence. 

The Group operates a stable, recurring and 
resilient business model which benefits from 
high ROCE and a high proportion of cash in 
advance payment terms. This helps the Group 
to limit the risk of non-payment and working 
capital fluctuations.

At year end, the Group’s net debt reduced to 
£83.7m (FY 2022: £87.4m). Scheduled debt 
repayments totalling £15.1m were made in 
FY 2023, in line with capital allocation priorities 
of reducing debt. This represents a net debt/
adjusted EBITDA ratio (calculated on a trailing 
12-month basis) of 2.19x (FY 2022: 2.2x).

The Group successfully completed the 
acquisition of premium brand Billi in FY 2022.  
Billi revenue grew by 10%, on a constant 
currency basis, from FY 2022 (inclusive of 
pre-acquisition period) and continues to show 
attractive margins and its potential as a highly 
cash generative business.

The acquisition materially changed the earnings 
profile of the Group, ushering Strix into the 
premium water filtration sector and accelerating 
the growth plans for the Group categories while 
supporting medium-term ambitions of further 
improving margins through diversification. 

The management team has prioritised the 
integration of Billi into the Group in FY 2023 in 
order to unlock anticipated revenue and cost 
synergies and thus maximise the Group’s highly 
cash generative operational model. 

There will be no further acquisitions in the 
medium term.

Strix has applied its Capital Allocation Framework during 2023 as follows:

•  For the year ended 31 December 2023, the  
Board proposed an interim dividend of 0.9p  
per share with no further anticipated dividend 
declarations on FY 2023 distributable reserves  
as the Group now focuses on debt reduction  
and cash flow generation. 

•  Final earn-out payments totalling £7.5m paid  

in cash in FY 2023 in relation to the acquisition of 
LAICA, which has now been fully integrated in line 
with the Group’s plan to achieve the identified 
benefits and synergies at the time of acquisition, 
with strong trading performance in its third full 
year post-acquisition. 

•  Funded capital expenditure worth £8.0m mainly 
in capitalised development costs and payment 
of long-term capital creditors that had still been 
outstanding from the construction of the 
Chinese factory and held on guarantee. 
Operational efficiencies continue to improve, 
maximising on the full potential of the factory.

•  Funded financing costs (mainly in the form of 

interest) and tax payments as these significantly 
increased due to the increased interest rate 
macroeconomic environment and the full year 
tax effects of Billi in its first full year of operations 
after acquisition. 

61

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportChief Financial Officer’s Report

 “The Board remains 
focused on 
maximising cash 
generation to 
support debt 
reduction.”

Mark Kirkland 
Interim Chief Financial Officer

62

Financial summary

Adjusted results1

Reported results

FY 2023 
£m

FY 2022 
£m

Change 
(2023/2022)

FY 2023 
£m

FY 2022 
£m

Change 
(2023/2022)

Revenue
Gross profit
Gross margin
EBITDA margin
Operating profit
Operating margin
Profit before tax
Profit after tax
Net debt2
Operating cash conversion3
Basic earnings per share (pence)
Diluted earnings per share 
(pence)
Total dividend per share (pence)

144.6
57.2
39.6%
27.3%
32.1
22.2%
21.9
20.1
83.7
–
9.2

9.1
–

25.9

+35.2%
106.9
+37.7%
41.5
38.8%
+80 bps
30.0% -270 bps
+24.3%
24.2% -200 bps
-1.1%
-12.7%
-4.3%
–
-15.7%

22.2
23.0
87.4
–
10.9

10.8
–

-16.2%
–

144.6
57.1
39.5%
25.3%
27.9
19.3%
17.7
16.2
83.7
106%
7.4

7.3
0.9

106.9
40.7

+35.2%
+40.4%
38.0% +150 bps
+80 bps
24.5%
+40.2%
19.9
+70 bps
18.6%
+10.3%
16.1
-4.1%
16.9
87.4
-4.3%
94% +1,200 bps
-7.4%

8.0

7.9
6.0

-7.7%
-85.0%

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items (see note 6 to the Group financial statements).
2  Net debt excludes accrued interest, right-of-use lease liabilities and is net of loan arrangement fees, as defined in our 

banking facility agreement.

3  Cash generated from operations as a percentage of EBITDA.

Revenue
The Group has experienced robust growth  
with revenues increasing by 35.2% year-on-year 
to £144.6m (FY 2022: £106.9m). This increase 
was primarily attributed to the inclusion of Billi 
revenues for the full year, amounting to £41.3m 
(FY 2022: 1 month revenue of £2.7m). In our 
organic business, we have seen a small net 
reduction in sales driven by decreases in the 
Strix Consumer Goods division.

Billi (which forms the major part of our 
Premium Filtration Systems (PFS) segment) 
has performed ahead of expectations, 
securing over 10% growth against pre-
acquisition trading levels at constant currency 
as the business continues to expand. In the UK 

market, sales have grown by c.13% year- 
on-year, reflecting a key part of our post-
acquisition growth strategy for the business.

Following an extremely challenging 2022,  
we are pleased to report that revenues in our 
Strix Controls segment have increased by 
2.7% to £70.1m (FY 2022: £68.2m), driven 
mainly by an 18% growth in the less regulated 
kettle markets. The pace of recovery in the 
larger regulated kettle market continues to be 
slower than originally anticipated due to the 
ongoing effects of the cost of living crisis and 
the Russia/Ukraine conflict. Recent incoming 
order rates are now tracking in a positive 
direction, evident from higher sales in the last 
quarter of 2023 and a continued slow recovery 
into Q1 of 2024. 

Consumer Goods revenue decreased by 8.7% 
to £32.4m (FY 2022: £35.5m) with challenging 
market conditions in the APAC region being 
the key driver for this decline. Despite this, 
over the course of the year, we have 
continued to successfully expand our online 
presence with Amazon and have secured a 
number of new private label customers that 
are set to drive growth into 2024. Aqua 
Optima, our lower price point water filtration 
brand, has also seen strong growth in the 
year, providing the Group with an alternative 
access route into this key market.

Trading profit
Adjusted gross margin in FY 2023 was 80bps 
higher at 39.6% (FY 2022: 38.8%). The main 
driver of this is from our Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) segment, following the full year 
inclusion of Billi. With gross margins having 
increased significantly over the period to 
45.8% (FY 2022: 35.4%), Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) now represents the highest 
gross margin segment in the Group.

Partly offsetting this, product mix changes in 
Strix Controls have led to a divisional gross 
margin reduction of 190 bps to 39.0% (FY 2022: 
40.9%) due to faster recovery during 2023  
in the lower margin less regulated and China 
domestic markets. Consumer Goods margin, 
dilution of 250 bps to 32.6% (FY 2022: 35.1%) is 
largely attributable to reduced manufacturing 
volumes in 2023 impacting overhead recovery 
and the relative increase in lower margin online 
and Aqua Optima trading levels.

The Group’s adjusted EBITDA margin remains 
strong at 27.3% (FY 2022: 30.0%) reflecting 
the robust underlying profitability of the 
Group despite the macro challenges.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Adjusted operating profit margins have reduced 
by 200bps to 22.2% (FY 2022: 24.2%) as higher 
overhead costs offset the gross margin uplift 
noted above. This reduction is predominantly 
related to the increased overhead base 
resulting from the full year inclusion of Billi.  
As a business, Premium Filtration Systems 
carries a higher overhead base than the rest of 
the Group at c.25% of revenue (Group: c.15%). 
At an operating profit level, Premium Filtration 
Systems generated £9.0m adjusted operating 
profit for the Group at an adjusted operating 
margin of 21.8% (Group: 22.2%) slightly ahead 
of our pre-acquisition expectations.

Excluding the impact of Billi, distribution  
costs in the organic business decreased  
by £1.0m, largely due to a reduction in  
carriage costs associated with the decrease 
in sales in Consumer Goods. Whilst organic 
administration costs increased by c.8.0%, this 
was mainly due to higher staff costs reflecting 
salary increases and some limited headcount 
investment seen across the Group to support 
future growth.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs have increased significantly 
year-on-year to £10.2m (FY 2022: £3.9m), due 
to an increase in the average gross debt to 
fund the Billi acquisition and a higher interest 
rate environment.

Profit before and after tax
Despite the significant increase in net finance 
costs, the Group’s adjusted profit before tax 
shows only a slight year-on-year decrease of 
£0.3m to £21.9m (FY 2022: £22.2m). As the 
contribution to adjusted operating profit 
before tax from Billi has offset both finance 

cost increases and the small decrease in 
organic trading. Reported profit before tax 
was £17.7m (FY 2022: £16.1m).

Adjusted profit after tax was £20.1m 
(FY 2022: £23.0m), a decrease of £2.9m (12.7% 
decrease). The tax expense significantly 
increased in the current year mainly due to tax 
expense from Billi of £1.3m and Italy of £0.6m, 
as opposed to tax incentive credits granted  
in Italy and the release of tax provisions in 
FY 2022 totalling (£0.8m). Reported profit  
after tax was £16.2m (FY 2022: £16.9m).

Adjusting items
Adjusting items decreased by 36.4% to  
£3.9m (FY 2022: £6.1m), due to the absence  
of COVID-19-related costs and a reduction in 
restructuring and acquisition expenses (see 
note 6 to the Group financial statements for 
full details). Share-based payments continue 
to be treated as an adjusting item and from 
2023 we have also included amortisation 
charges (£1.3m) on intangible assets 
recognised on acquisition.

Cash flow 
In line with previous years, the Group has 
maintained consistently high operating cash 
generation, with an operating cash conversion 
ratio of 106% in the year (FY 2022: 94%). 

This has been helped by strong working capital 
management, leading to further decreases in 
net working capital of £2.3m compared to cash 
outflows of £2.6m in the prior year. Reflecting 
our success in this area, working capital as a 
percentage of sales has reduced significantly 
to 16.7% (FY 2022: 25.3%).

Cash outflows from investing activities 
significantly decreased in the current year  
to £14.3m (FY 2022: £47.8m) and include the 
final earn-out payments in relation to the 
LAICA acquisition of £7.5m and a broadly lower 
maintenance level of capital expenditure 
(including product-led capital development) 
of £8.0m. In 2022, cash outflows were higher 
as a result of the acquisition of Billi.

The Group has been proactively working with 
its banking syndicate to enhance flexibility 
and security of funds within the existing 
agreement. As a result of this process, and 
illustrating the banks ongoing confidence  
and support, a normalisation of the net debt 
leverage covenant to 2.75x EBITDA was 
agreed on 22 March 2024 for the duration  
of the remaining facility.

Excluding dividends, cash outflows from 
financing activities significantly increased in 
the year to £24.4m, largely reflecting higher 
interest costs and substantial repayments in 
line with the acquisition term loan of £3.5m per 
quarter. Quarterly payments of this loan will 
continue until the facility ends in October 2025.

Net debt and capital allocation
The Group’s net debt position (excluding 
accrued interest, right-of-use lease liabilities 
and net of loan arrangement fees, as defined in 
our banking facility agreement), decreased to 
£83.7m (FY 2022: £87.4m). As discussed above, 
this decrease is mainly attributable to strong 
operating cash generation and working capital 
management delivering cash inflows of £38.9m, 
partially offset by maintenance level capital 
investments, the final earn-out payment in 
relation to LAICA and higher finance costs.

Total committed debt facilities at 31 December 
2023 amounted to £103.7m (FY 2022: £117.8m) 
and the Group held £20.1m in cash, providing 
accessible liquidity. Net debt equated to 2.19 
times trailing 12 months’ adjusted EBITDA, in 
compliance with our debt covenant threshold 
of 2.25 times. 

Given the increase in net debt due to the 
strategic acquisition of Billi, and with the high 
interest rates environment, the Group has 
reviewed its Capital Allocation Framework  
to prioritise cash retention and net debt 
leverage reduction in the short term. 

As a result of this process, a target of initially 
reducing net debt leverage to 1.5x EBITDA  
has been put in place. After which, leverage 
appetite will remain between 1.0x to 2.0x for 
the medium term.

Dividend
The Board remains focused on maximising 
cash generation to support debt reduction, 
which will result in a temporary pause in  
the final and interim dividend payments in 
calendar year 2024, with a planned return to  
a sustainable dividend pay-out ratio of 30%  
of adjusted profit after tax in 2025.

The total dividend declared for 2023 is 
therefore 0.9p per share (FY 2022: 6.00p per 
share), representing the interim dividend  
paid to shareholders in December 2023.

Mark Kirkland
Interim Chief Financial Officer

63

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportBoard of Directors

Gary Lamb
Chairman
Appointed: At IPO
Nationality: British
Committees: (A)(N)(R) 
Chairman: (A)

Gary is currently the CEO of Manx Telecom, 
the leading communication solutions 
provider in the Isle of Man and a global IoT 
solutions provider. Prior to this, he was a 
founding director of Bladon Micro Turbine 
Limited. For 11 years, prior to Bladon Micro 
Turbine Limited, Gary was the Finance and  
IT Director of Strix, leaving in 2007. 

Gary is a qualified accountant (CIMA) who 
has gained extensive business experience 
over the past 35 years in public, private 
equity and founder/manager owned 
businesses. 

It was deemed appropriate for Gary to take 
the Chair of the Audit Committee on a 
temporary basis, given his extensive financial 
experience, following the appointment of 
Mark Kirkland as Interim CFO.

Mark Bartlett
Chief Executive Officer 
Appointed: 2006 
Nationality: British

Clare Foster 
Chief Financial Officer  
Appointed: April 2024
Nationality: British

Mark Kirkland
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed: At IPO 
Nationality: British 
Committees: (A)(N)(R) 
Chairman: (N)

Richard Sells
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed: March 2020 
Nationality: British 
Committees: (A)(N)(R) 
Chairman: (R)(E)

Mark joined Strix in 2006. He leads the 
organisation, setting the strategic direction 
and policy and works closely with his 
leadership team to translate Strix’s strategy 
into tangible results. His experience includes 
various positions ranging from Engineering 
Director through to Managing Director for 
multinationals in Europe and the Americas, 
with his most recent positions being 
Managing Director of a company within  
the Ametek Inc. Group and latterly ABS 
Waste Water Limited.

Clare joined Strix on 1 February 2024 and 
subsequent to the announcement of the 
Group’s 31 December 2023 results, was 
appointed to the Board on 2 April 2024. 

Mark’s initial career was in corporate finance, 
predominantly spent at UBS Limited. He has 
been CFO of numerous public companies 
and latterly was CEO of Delin Property 

Richard previously served as Chairman of 
AMDEA, the Association of Manufacturers 
of Domestic Appliances, and was on the 
board of London listed Alba Plc. 

Clare has over 25 years’ experience working 
in, and advising, international businesses. 
Prior to joining Strix, Clare was Group CFO  
at Trifast Plc and was instrumental in 
developing the Group’s financial strategy. 

Clare qualified as a Chartered Accountant 
with KPMG where she worked for 16 years.

Mark qualified as a Chartered Accountant 
with PricewaterhouseCoopers in 
London and has extensive corporate 
experience gained over the last 30 years 
having held numerous senior roles in public 
and private companies.

Mark is currently a Director of Kelso Group 
Holdings Plc and a Non-Executive Director  
of AEW UK REIT Plc and TheWorks.co.uk Plc.

Mark held the role of interim CFO at  
Strix Group Plc from 27 October 2023  
to 2 April 2024.

Additionally, he has worked with a number 
of entrepreneur-led private companies and 
served as a deal advisor for a large private 
equity firm. 

Richard is an experienced company director 
and advisor with over 30 years’ experience 
working across multinational corporations, 
public companies, entrepreneur-led SME 
enterprises, and private-equity backed 
businesses. 

Note:
(A) Audit Committee (N) Nomination Committee (R) Remuneration Committee (E) Environmental, Social and Governance Committee

64

Raudres Wong was a member of the Board of Directors in her role as Chief Financial Officer 
before retiring on 31 October 2023.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Senior Management Team

Emma Cox
Group Human Resources Director 
Joined 2020

Riccardo Dolcetta
Managing Director of LAICA & Strix 
Consumer Goods 
Joined 2021

Frank Gao
Chief Operating Officer 
Joined 2012

Neil Geoghegan 
Director of Group Finance 
Joined 2021

Emma joined Strix in 2020 and drives the 
Group’s human capital strategy focusing 
mainly on attraction, recruitment, retention 
and development of talented people across 
the organisation to ensure the Group has 
the right people, doing the right things to 
get the right results.

Riccardo manages the Strix Consumer 
Goods division and the LAICA group of 
companies with overall leadership over the 
organisation’s operations and strategic 
direction. He has responsibility for the 
commercial, research and development, 
manufacturing and engineering operations.

Frank joined Strix in 2012. He directs and 
leads the Global Operations team which 
spans Strix’s Guangzhou and Ramsey 
facilities, and oversees the Group’s  
overall manufacturing, supply chain 
and technology footprint.

Neil joined Strix in 2021 and directs 
the Finance teams across all Group 
locations, having worked at a number 
of multinational companies in the UK, US  
and elsewhere. Neil directs the Finance 
team, responsible for the accuracy of 
financial reporting and financial controls.

Nick Gibbs
Group Engineering & Western Operations 
Director 
Joined 1992

Nick joined Strix in 1992 and directs 
the Global Engineering team, which includes 
the research and development facility in the 
Isle of Man and the Engineering department 
at Guangzhou.

Rachel Pallett
Chief Commercial Officer Strix Controls & 
Premium Filtration Systems (Billi) Division
Joined 2023

Matt Thomas
Divisional Operations Director and Strix 
Consumer Goods Engineering Director
Joined 2003

David Trustrum
Western Supply Chain & Commercial 
Operation Director
Joined 1991

Nicolò Zanuso
Strix Consumer Goods Finance Director 
Joined 2021

Rachel joined Strix in 2023 to manage the 
new Strix Controls and Premium Filtration 
Systems (Billi) division, with a global team 
spread across the Isle of Man, UK, Australia 
and China. She oversees the commercial 
business operations within the division  
and provides strategic leadership, whilst 
implementing product development 
and building enduring customer 
relationships.

Matt originally joined Strix in 2003. Based 
in Guangzhou, he leads the Global 
Manufacturing Engineering teams looking 
for innovative methods of manufacture, 
including Automation and Customer  
Quality teams.

David joined Strix in 1991 and directs the 
Commercial Operations department, 
optimising commercial activities through  
IPR and product safety, market intelligence 
and pricing management.

Nicolò was instrumental in the successful 
transition of LAICA into the Strix Group. 
He ensures appropriate financial asset 
controls are in place, along with information 
and business processes, whilst ensuring 
compliance with relevant accounting 
standards and legislation for the Strix 
Consumer Goods division.

Harry Kyriacou was part of the senior 
management team in his role as Chief 
Commercial Officer & Managing Director 
Consumer Goods until 12 January 2024.

65

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportBoard Activities

The Board is committed to effective corporate governance as the basis for delivering 
long-term value growth and meeting shareholder expectations for proper leadership 
and oversight of the business.

Audit  
Committee

Chaired by 
Gary Lamb

Nomination 
Committee

Chaired by 
Mark Kirkland

Remuneration 
Committee

Chaired by 
Richard Sells

ESG 
Committee

Chaired by  
Richard Sells

The Audit 
Committee report 
which lays out 
the duties and 
responsibilities 
of the Audit 
Committee can be 
read on page 71.

The Nomination 
Committee is 
responsible  
for leading the 
process for 
all potential 
appointments  
to the Board  
and making 
recommendations 
to the Board 
accordingly.

The Nomination 
Committee report 
can be found on 
page 70.

The Remuneration 
Committee reviews 
the Group’s 
remuneration  
policy for the 
Executive Directors 
and senior 
management on  
an annual basis to 
ensure continued 
alignment with the 
principles set out 
within the Directors’ 
remuneration 
report on pages 72 
to 79.

Ensures the  
Board exercises 
sustainable 
governance by 
staying focused 
and proactive in 
supporting 
sustainability 
initiatives across 
the Group.

Refer to pages 32 
to 49.

CEO and Executive Committee

The Board delegates the day-to-day responsibility of running the Group to the CEO,  
who is responsible for all commercial, operational, risk and financial elements. He is also 
responsible for the management and development of the strategic direction for 
consideration and approval by the Board. The Officers and senior management 
assist the CEO in implementing the strategy as approved by the Board.

66

Board roles
Our current Board is made up of three 
Non-Executive Directors, including the 
Chairman, and two Executive Directors, 
the CEO and CFO. All members have been 
selected for their diverse experience, 
which draws from a range of industries and 
background that align to promote the Group’s 
long-term sustainable success.

The Board has determined that all its 
Non-Executive members are independent.

Annually, the Board conducts an appraisal 
evaluation of its own performance whereby 
each Director will complete questionnaires 
which are reviewed and feedback discussed.

Our Chairman
•  Chairing Board meetings, Audit Committee 
meetings and the Annual General Meeting, 
and setting the Board agenda;

Our Non-Executive Directors
•  Chairing Remuneration and Nomination 

Committee meetings;

•  Providing effective and constructive 

challenge to the Board and scrutinising  
the performance of management; 

•  Assisting in the development and approval 

of the Group’s strategy;

•  Reviewing Group financial information  

and ensuring there are effective systems 
of governance, risk management and 
internal controls; and

•  Ensuring there is regular, open and 

constructive dialogue with shareholders. 

Our CEO
•  Day-to-day management of the Group;
•  Responsible for commercial, operational, 

risk and strategy of the Group;

•  Developing and implementing strategic 

direction; 

•  Ensuring effective communication and 

•  Ensuring there is effective communication 

information to the Board and Chairman; and

between the Board, management, 
shareholders and the Group’s wider 
stakeholders, while promoting a culture  
of openness and constructive debate;
•  Ensuring Directors receive accurate, timely 

and clear information;

•  Overseeing the annual Board evaluation 
and addressing any subsequent actions; 

•  Promoting the highest standards of 

corporate governance; and

•  Ensuring the views of stakeholders are 

taken into account when making decisions. 

•  Representing the Group to external 

stakeholders.

Our CFO
•  Providing strategic financial leadership  

of the Group and day-to-day management 
of the Finance function;

•  Responsible for the day-to-day financial 
operations and results of the Group; and
•  Shaping portfolio strategies, undertaking 
major investment and financing decisions, 
and communicating with key stakeholders.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Corporate Governance Statement

The Board is committed to effective corporate 
governance as the basis for delivering 
long-term value growth and for meeting 
shareholder expectations for proper 
leadership and oversight of the business.

Strix applies the principles of the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘QCA Code’) as the Board believes 
that adherence to the QCA Code provides a 
strong foundation for delivering shareholder 
value and serves to mitigate and minimise 
risks. Directors of companies incorporated  
in the Isle of Man are required to comply with 
certain duties that are contained in the Isle of 
Man Companies Act, and the Directors comply 
with those duties.

Going concern basis
The Group’s business activities, together  
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position, are 
set out in the Group financial statements on 
pages 91 to 132, together with the financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity 
position and borrowing facilities. In addition, 
note 22 to the Group financial statements 
includes: the Group’s objectives, policies  
and processes for managing its capital;  
its financial risk management objectives; 
details of financial instruments and hedging 
activities; and its exposure to price, interest 
rate, credit and liquidity risk.

Accordingly, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future based on the following factors: 
•  The resilient trading performance of the 

Group, which continues to show profitable 
returns; 

•  Budgets and cash flow forecasts for the 

period to December 2025; 

•  The current financial position of the Group, 
including its cash and cash equivalents 
balances of £20.1m at year end; 

•  The availability of further funding by way  
of access to the AIM market afforded by 
the Company’s admission to AIM; 

•  The low liquidity risk the Group is exposed 

to; 

•  The fact that the Group operates within 
diverse sectors that are experiencing 
gradually increasing demand for its 
products as the world returns back to  
a ‘new normal’ in the aftermath of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, despite some 
offsetting impacts of the conflicts in 
Ukraine and the Middle East; and 

•  That there has been minimal disruption to 
the Group’s manufacturing or supply chain.

On the basis of the above, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis  
of accounting in preparing the annual Group 
financial statements. 

 “For Strix Group Plc, 
‘best-in-class’ underpins 
our whole business 
model. Effective and 
transparent corporate 
governance is a 
fundamental part of 
Strix encapsulating  
our Group’s nature, 
culture and values.”

Gary Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

Forward-looking statements
This Annual report and accounts contains 
forward-looking statements that involve risk 
and uncertainties. The Group’s actual results 
could differ materially from those estimated or 
anticipated in the forward-looking statements 
as a result of many factors. Information 
contained in this Annual report and accounts 
relating to the Company should not be relied 
upon as a guide to future performance.

Annual General Meeting (AGM) – 
voluntary disclosure
The business to be conducted at the AGM of 
the Company is set out in the separate Notice 
of Annual General Meeting which accompanies 
the Annual report and accounts. Resolutions 
put before shareholders at the AGM will usually 
include resolutions for the appointment  
of Directors, approval of the Directors’ 
remuneration report, declaration of the final 
dividend and authorisation for the Board to 
allot and repurchase shares. At each AGM 
there is an update on the progress of the 
business over the last year and also on  
current trading conditions.

67

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportHow We Govern

Board composition and operation
The Board is made up of three Non-Executive 
and two Executive Directors. The Board meets 
frequently throughout the year to consider 
strategy, performance and the framework of 
internal controls. To enable the Board to 
discharge its duties, all Directors receive 
appropriate and timely information. Briefing 
papers are distributed to all Directors in 
advance of Board meetings. 

All Directors have access to the advice  
and services of the Chief Executive Officer, 
who is responsible for ensuring that the Board 
procedures are followed, and that applicable 
rules and regulations are complied with.  
In addition, procedures are in place to  
enable the Directors to obtain independent 
professional advice in the furtherance of their 
duties, if necessary, at the Group’s expense.

The Board has conducted an appraisal of its 
own performance and that of each Director  
for 2023. This was completed by the use of 
questionnaires completed by all Directors. 
The results of this exercise were reviewed  
and feedback discussed in full by the Board. 
Feedback was given by the independent 
Non-Executive Directors in respect of the 
Chairman, and by the Chairman in respect of 
assessments of each of the other Directors 
and the Board as a whole. The outcome  
of the appraisal is that the Board has been 
effective in discharging its duties during  
2023, with appropriate changes, deemed 
necessary, made.

68

Internal control
The Board has overall responsibility  
for ensuring that the Group maintains a 
system of internal control, to provide it with 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial information that is used within  
the business and for publication and the 
safeguarding of assets. There are inherent 
limitations in any system of internal control 
and, accordingly, even the most effective 
system can provide only reasonable, and  
not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. Some examples of 
internal controls operated by the Group are 
given below and elsewhere in this statement.

The Group’s organisational structure has clear 
lines of responsibility. Operating and financial 
responsibility for subsidiary companies is 
delegated to functional management, which 
is in most cases the members of the senior 
management team. 

The Board has an ongoing process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing the 
Group’s significant risks. The process includes:
•  Preparation and approval of budgets and 
regular monitoring of actual performance 
against budget;

•  Preparation of monthly management 

accounts for each subsidiary and for the 
Group, including investigation of significant 
variances from budget; these are 
summarised and reviewed at Board level;
•  Preparation of updated profitability and 
cash flow forecasts to reflect actual 
performance and revised outlook as  
the year progresses, including an 
assessment of the adequacy of funds  
for the foreseeable future; and

Shareholders
The Chairman and the Non-Executive 
Directors will always make themselves 
available to meet with shareholders. 
Normal relationships with shareholders are 
maintained by the Executive Directors who 
brief the Board on shareholder issues and 
who relate the views of the Group’s advisors 
to the Board. The Board believes that the 
disclosures set out in the Strategic Report 
on pages 2 to 63 of the Annual report provide 
the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

The Board is aiming to achieve a mix of 
institutional, retail and management 
shareholders which is appropriate for Strix. 
As at 9 April 2024, the Board considers  
that the Company’s shareholders can be 
categorised in the following manner:

• 

Investment policy acquisition proposals 
and major capital expenditure projects  
are authorised and monitored by the  
Group Board.

Throughout the year, the Board has carried 
out assessments of internal controls by 
considering documentation from the 
Executive Directors and the Audit Committee 
as well as taking into consideration events 
since the year end. The internal controls 
extend to the financial reporting process and 
the preparation of the consolidated accounts.

The Group continues to take steps to embed 
internal control and risk management further 
into the operations of the business and to 
deal with areas for improvement which come 
to the attention of management and the 
Board. The Group has ethical guidelines and  
a defined fraud reporting and whistleblowing 
process which are issued to all employees 
within the Group.

The Group’s risk management programme, 
which assesses key risks and the required 
internal controls that are delegated to 
Functional Directors is reviewed regularly  
in order to ensure that it continues to meet 
the Board’s requirements.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Shareholders: continued

Historic trends

Domestic Institutions

Foreign Institutions

Domestic Brokers

Private Stakeholders/Investors

Foreign Brokers

Employees etc.

Hedge Funds

Corporate Stakeholders

Unknown

Shareholdings below Threshold

TOTAL

Shares

143,492,814

50,377,843

7,071,292

6,400,421

6,132,115

3,222,929

1,694,500

34,791

849,378

(561,734)

218,714,349

% IC

65.6

23.0

3.2

2.9

2.8

1.5

0.8

0.0

0.4

(0.3)

100.0

Substantial shareholding
As at 9 April 2024, the Company has been advised, in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, of the following notifiable interests  
in 3% or more of its voting rights:

Number of securities in issue: 

AIM securities not in public hands: 

Identity of significant shareholders (over 3%) as follows:

Shareholder

Octopus Investments

Van Lanschot Kempen Investment Mgt

Jupiter Asset Mgt

Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Mgt

Farringdon Capital Mgt

Rowan Dartington & Co

Interactive Investor

Number

218,714,349

1.5% 

% IC

10.18

5.60

4.69

3.91

3.24

3.19

3.12

Shares

22,259,718

12,244,000

10,259,313

8,544,496

7,086,345

6,985,345

6,828,985

Share capital structure
Details of the Company’s share capital can  
be found in note 24 to the Group financial 
statements.

Remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee reviews the 
Group’s remuneration policy for the Executive 
Directors and senior management on an 
annual basis to ensure continued alignment 
with the principles set out below. In doing so, 
we will consult with our major shareholders 
where necessary and where required, 
independent, specialist advice is sought. 

Our objective is to ensure that remuneration 
incentivises and rewards the growth of 
shareholder value through full alignment  
with the Company’s strategy and with the 
interests of shareholders. We have been 
guided by a number of fundamental principles: 
•  Remuneration should be set by taking  
into account pay levels in the various 
jurisdictions in which the Company 
operates, whilst complying with UK Plc 
structural norms and good practice; 
•  The policy should attract, retain and 

motivate high calibre Executive Directors 
and senior management through a 
significant weighting on performance-
related pay;
Incentive plans should be robust and 
include metrics and targets which are 
directly relevant to Strix;

• 

•  Pay should be simple and understandable, 

both externally and to colleagues;

•  Good practice features such as clawback 

and malus arrangements should be 
included;

•  Share ownership should be encouraged 
across the executive team to ensure a 
long-term focus and alignment of interest 
with shareholders; and

•  Pay structures should not reward 

behaviour that inappropriately increases 
the Company’s exposure to risks outside  
of the Company’s risk appetite.

Application of the remuneration 
policy in 2023
For 2023, minimal changes were made to  
the remuneration policy set out at the time  
of admission to trading on AIM, being a mix  
of fixed pay, annual bonus scheme and 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

In respect of the annual bonus scheme, 
targets are based on adjusted profit after tax. 
Adjusted profit after tax is a key measure of 
profitability for Strix and this change aligns 
with a metric which is closely followed by  
our shareholders. In addition, if a separate 
free cash flow target is not met, then the 
maximum award payable will be reduced 
by 50%. 

The LTIP grant is based on the achievement  
of stretched EPS targets and will involve  
the measurement of performance over a 
conventional three-year period, consistent 
with industry practice.

Full details of how we intend to operate the 
policy for 2024 are set out on page 79.

69

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNomination Committee Report

Role of the Committee
The role of the Committee includes reviewing 
the composition of the Board, succession 
planning for the Board and, together with  
the CEO, succession planning for senior 
leadership positions throughout the Group. 
It also considers:
•  The structure, size and composition of  
the Board and its Committees including 
evaluating the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge of its 
members;

•  The independence and time commitments 

of Non-Executive Directors;

•  The Board’s policy on diversity as it relates 

to appointments to the Board;

•  Succession planning for the Board and  

the Executive Committee roles;
•  The Committee’s effectiveness; and
•  The Committee’s terms of reference.

Nomination Committee membership 
The members of the Nomination Committee, 
all of whom have held office and at the date of 
this report, are: 
•  Mark Kirkland (Chairman) 
•  Gary Lamb
•  Richard Sells

The Committee met once during the  
year to reappoint Richard Sells to the 
Remuneration Committee for a further 
three-year term, discuss the business 
restructure impact, consider rotation in the 
various Committee Chairs, and to discuss the 
retirement of Raudres Wong as Chief Financial 
Officer. Other subjects were discussed to 
ensure the Board and Committees continue 
to operate effectively.

Mark Kirkland
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

70

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Audit Committee Report

The Committee confirms that for the year 
ended 31 December 2023, the Group fulfilled 
its Audit Committee responsibilities, as set 
out in this report, and fulfilled its mandatory 
audit processes.

The Committee has an open and constructive 
relationship with management and I thank  
the management team on behalf of the 
Committee for their assistance during the 
year. I am confident that the Committee has 
upheld its high standards and effectively 
carried out its duties throughout the year.

Audit Committee membership 
Gary Lamb, Richard Sells and Mark Kirkland 
served as members of the Committee through 
the year ended 31 December 2023. Mark Kirkland 
stepped down as Chair of the Audit Committee, 
but remained as a member of the Committee on 
his appointment to Interim CFO on 27 October 
2023. He served as Interim CFO until 2 April 
2024, where he then resumed his role as 
Non-Executive Director and member of the 
Audit Committee. 

The Committee met formally twice 
throughout the year with all members 
attending scheduled meetings. In addition  
to the formal meetings, Committee members 
also attended additional ad hoc meetings  
as required, including virtually, and through 
discussions via multiple emails. 

All Committee members are independent 
Non-Executive Directors (noting the period 
Mark Kirkland served as Interim CFO as 
aforementioned) and the Board is satisfied  
that all members have significant, recent and 
relevant financial experience. Furthermore,  
all members have held Chief Financial Officer 
roles for significant periods and are considered 

suitably qualified in accounting and auditing. 
The CEO, CFO and other senior finance staff 
attend meetings of the Audit Committee  
by invitation. The external auditors attend  
the meetings to discuss the planning and 
conclusions of their work and have the option 
to meet with the members of the Committee 
without any members of the executive team 
present after each meeting.

The Committee is able to call for information 
from management and consults with the 
external auditors directly if required. The 
objectivity and independence of the external 
auditors is safeguarded by reviewing the 
auditors’ formal declarations of independence, 
assessing the level of non-audit fees payable 
to the auditors, and monitoring relationships 
between key audit staff and the Group.

The role of the Committee
The role of the Audit Committee is set out  
in a terms of reference document and is to:
•  Monitor the integrity of the financial 

statements of the Company and any formal 
announcements relating to the Company’s 
financial performance, reviewing significant 
financial reporting judgements contained  
in them;

•  Review the Company’s internal financial 

controls and, unless expressly addressed by 
a separate Board risk committee composed 
of independent Directors, or by the Board 
itself, to review the Company’s internal 
control and risk management systems;
•  Monitor and review the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal audit processes or, if such a 
function does not exist, evaluate the need 
to establish one;

•  Make recommendations to the Board, for it 
to put to the shareholders for their approval 
in general meeting, in relation to the 

appointment, reappointment and removal  
of the external auditor and to approve the 
remuneration and terms of engagement of 
the external auditor;

•  Review and monitor the external auditor’s 
independence and objectivity and the 
effectiveness of the audit process, taking 
into consideration relevant UK and Isle of 
Man professional and regulatory 
requirements;

•  Develop and implement policies on the 
engagement of the external auditor to 
supply non-audit services, taking into 
account relevant ethical guidance regarding 
the provision of non-audit services by the 
external audit firm; and

•  To report to the Board, identifying any 

matters in respect of which it considers that 
action or improvement is needed and 
making recommendations as to the steps to 
be taken.

Significant issues considered in 
relation to the financial statements
At the request of the Board, the Audit 
Committee considered whether the 2023 
Annual report and accounts were fair, balanced 
and understandable and whether they provided 
the necessary information for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy. The Committee was 
satisfied that this is the case.

The Audit Committee assess whether 
suitable accounting policies have been 
adopted and whether appropriate estimates 
and judgements have been made by 
management. The Committee also reviews 
accounting papers prepared by management, 
and reviews reports by the external auditors. 
The specific areas reviewed by the Committee 
during the year were:

•  Consideration of the acquisition of Billi and 

the impact thereof to the Group’s 
operations and financial reporting process 
12 months after acquisition, including 
reassessment of the fair values of assets 
and liabilities acquired at acquisition date;
Integration of the Billi entities in the financial 
operations and financial reporting 
processes of the Group; 

• 

•  Revenue recognition of the various revenue 
streams within the Group particularly of the 
newly acquired Billi entities; 

•  Appropriateness of the use of the going 

concern assumption; 

•  Management’s impairment assessment of 
goodwill and other intangible assets with  
an indefinite useful life; and

•  Review of the preliminary financial 

statements and disclosures thereof.

Gary Lamb
Chairman of the Audit Committee

 “We are proud to confirm 
that the Committee has 
continued to uphold 
high compliance 
standards and has 
effectively carried out  
its duties throughout 
the year.”

Gary Lamb
Audit Committee Chair

71

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report 2023

Statement from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee

The Committee held four meetings during 
2023. All members of the Committee attended 
all meetings. 

Duties
The main duties of the Remuneration 
Committee are set out in its terms of 
reference and include:
•  Determining the remuneration policy  

for the Board Chairman and all Executive 
Directors, having regard to the risk appetite 
of the Company and alignment to the 
Company’s long-term strategic goals;
•  Reviewing the ongoing appropriateness 

and relevance of the remuneration policy, 
having regard to pay and employment 
conditions across the wider Company;
•  Approving the design of, and determining 
targets for any performance-related pay 
schemes operated by the Company and 
approving the total annual payments made 
under such schemes;

•  Reviewing the design of all share incentive 

• 

plans for approval by the Board and 
shareholders;

•  Establishing the selection criteria, 

selecting, appointing and setting the 
terms of reference for any remuneration 
consultants who advise the Committee.

Remuneration policy
The Committee’s objective is to ensure that 
remuneration incentivises and rewards the 
growth of shareholder value through full 
alignment with the Company’s strategy and 
with the interests of shareholders. We are 
guided by a number of fundamental principles: 
•  Remuneration should be set by taking 
into account pay levels in the various 
jurisdictions in which the Company 
operates, whilst complying with UK Plc 
structural norms and good practice; 
•  The policy should attract, retain and 

motivate high-calibre Executive Directors 
and senior management through a 
significant weighting on performance-
related pay;
Incentive plans should be robust and 
include metrics and targets which are 
directly relevant to Strix;

•  Determining the policy for, and scope of, 

•  Pay should be simple and understandable, 

pension arrangements for each Executive 
Director and other senior executives;

both externally and to colleagues;

•  Good practice features such as clawback 

•  Approving the terms of the service 

contracts for Executive Directors and other 
senior executives, and determining the 
policy for and scope of termination 
payments;

•  Determining the total individual 

remuneration package of each Executive 
Director and other designated senior 
executives including bonuses, incentive 
payments and share awards; and

and malus arrangements should be 
included;

•  Share ownership should be encouraged 
across the executive team to ensure a 
long-term focus and alignment of interest 
with shareholders; and

•  Pay structures should not reward 

behaviour that inappropriately increases 
the Company’s exposure to risks beyond 
the Company’s risk appetite.

We will keep the remuneration policy under 
review and will make changes as required  
to ensure continued alignment with the 
principles set out above. In doing so,  
we will consult with our major shareholders 
where necessary.

Application of the remuneration 
policy in 2023
During the year under review, the remuneration 
policy was implemented in line with the plans 
set out in last year’s Directors’ remuneration 
report. The Executive Directors and other key 
employees participated in the annual cash 
bonus scheme. Unfortunately, in light of the 
challenges faced by the business during the 
year, the performance conditions were not  
met and the Remuneration Committee agreed 
that no bonuses should be paid.

The award granted to the Directors under  
the Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) in 2021 
lapsed following the assessment of EPS 
performance over the three-year period 
ended 31 December 2023. The minimum  
level of performance required for threshold 
vesting was not achieved.

A new forward-looking LTIP grant was made  
in April 2023 on the terms summarised in  
last year’s report. The award was considered 
critical to provide a suitable incentive for  
the Company’s leaders during a period of 
significant change for the business and some 
significant external headwinds. The award  
was made at the normal level of 100% of basic 
salary, with performance conditions based on 
a mix of EPS targets (for 85% of the award) 
and energy intensity targets (for the remaining 
15%). The full targets are disclosed on page 77. 

 “This report sets out the 
Directors’ remuneration 
policy, the basis for the 
remuneration paid to 
Directors in respect of 
2023 and explains how 
we intend to implement 
the policy for 2024.”

Richard Sells
Remuneration Committee Chair

The Remuneration Committee
The members of the Remuneration 
Committee are Richard Sells, Gary Lamb  
and Mark Kirkland. All three are independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Richard Sells 
replaced Gary Lamb as Chairman of the 
Committee on 14 December 2023, with Gary 
continuing as a member of the Committee. 
Mark Kirkland remained as a member of the 
Committee on his appointment to Interim  
CFO on 27 October 2023. He served as Interim 
CFO until 2 April 2024.

72

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Change of CFO
Raudres Wong stepped down as CFO during 
the year and left the Board on 1 November 
2023. During her period of notice she 
continued to receive her fixed remuneration 
but was not eligible to participate in the 
annual bonus scheme for 2024 or receive any 
new LTIP awards. As noted above, her LTIP 
award granted in 2021 has lapsed in full. Her 
awards granted in 2022 and 2023 may vest on 
a pro-rated basis on the normal vesting date, 
subject to the satisfaction of the relevant 
performance conditions. As part of Raudres’ 
termination arrangements the Board also 
agreed to make a payment for loss of office 
equivalent to six months’ salary. The 
termination agreement includes appropriate 
restrictive covenants to protect the interests 
of the Company.

Following Raudres’ departure, Mark Kirkland 
was appointed as part-time interim CFO on  
a temporary basis to cover the period prior to 
the appointment of a permanent successor. 
Mark was paid on a daily rate for this interim 
role. He did not receive any benefits and did 
not participate in either the annual cash 
bonus scheme or the LTIP.

Clare Foster was appointed as CFO and as a 
Director on 2 April 2024, having joined Strix  
on 1 February 2024. Under the terms of her 
recruitment, it was agreed that Clare’s salary 
would be set at a level equivalent to £328,000 
plus whatever percentage increase was 
agreed for the Executive Directors with effect 
from April 2024. She receives a standard 
benefits package and a pension at 10% of 
salary. She has a maximum annual bonus 

opportunity of 100% of salary. Her 2024 LTIP 
award has been set at 100% of basic salary,  
in line with the standard approach for 
Executive Directors. This award will vest 
subject to the satisfaction of the performance 
targets as set out in the section below. The 
Committee has also agreed that Clare will 
receive an additional long-term award of 
shares worth 50% of salary. This additional 
award was considered necessary to secure 
the appointment of a CFO candidate of her 
calibre and in recognition of her commitment 
to relocate to the Isle of Man. The award will 
vest after three years and is subject to Clare’s 
continuing employment and the standard 
malus and clawback provisions. Clare will build 
a minimum shareholding in Strix shares over 
time equivalent to 150% of her basic salary.

Proposed application of the 
remuneration policy in 2024
Decisions on salary increases for the 
Executive Directors take into account a 
number of factors, including the average 
salary increase across the wider workforce. 
For 2024, this average Company-wide 
increase is 4%, although there is some 
variation between the various jurisdictions  
in which Strix operates. The Committee has 
agreed an increase for the Executive Directors 
of 4%, which aligns with this workforce rate.

The maximum annual cash bonus opportunity 
for the Executive Directors remains at 100%  
of basic salary for 2024. Any bonus payment 
will be based on challenging financial targets 
linked to profit, cash and the achievement of 
specific ESG targets. The exact targets are 
currently considered commercially 

confidential but will be disclosed in next year’s 
Directors’ remuneration report.

The LTIP award made in 2024 will again be 
based on the achievement of performance 
conditions linked to EPS growth (for 85% of 
the award) and reductions in energy intensity 
(for 15% of the award) over the following 
three-year period. For the energy intensity 
element, there will be a requirement for a 
reduction in energy intensity of at least 5% 
per annum over the performance period.  
The Committee believes that satisfaction  
of these stretching targets would represent 
an excellent level of achievement over the 
performance period. 

Wider workforce remuneration
Although the Remuneration Committee  
does not set the remuneration for all 
employees, it considers wider pay issues 
across the business when making decisions in 
respect of the Executive Directors. Strix is an 
international company with employees based 
in a number of different regions across the 
globe. Pay levels and structures reflect local 
practice in each market and for the relevant 
job grade. Performance-related pay is in place 
for certain roles, including participation in 
bonus arrangements and (for more senior 
staff) grants of awards under the LTIP. The 
performance measures for the LTIP awards  
are normally aligned with those chosen for  
the Executive Directors although different 
conditions apply in certain cases (and grant 
sizes are lower).

As disclosed last year, Strix made additional 
cash payments as a hardship allowance to 
certain staff to help address the challenges 
posed by historically high levels of inflation. 
These payments were deliberately targeted  
at lower-paid employees as these colleagues 
were most impacted by increases to the cost 
of living. The Company decided to integrate 
these payments into employees’ salaries at 
the beginning of 2024, thus effectively making 
these payments permanent.

New QCA Corporate  
Governance Code
The Remuneration Committee is aware of the 
changes to the QCA Corporate Governance 
Code, published in late 2023. The Code 
includes a new principle on remuneration,  
and this will be considered in more detail  
by the Committee over the course of the 
coming year.

Engagement with shareholders
The Remuneration Committee would welcome 
any feedback from shareholders on any 
matter to do with Directors’ remuneration; 
please contact me if you have any comments. 

In line with our normal practice, we will again 
present shareholders with the opportunity  
to vote on this Directors’ remuneration  
report by way of a separate resolution at the 
forthcoming AGM. I hope that you will support 
the resolution. I will also be available at the 
AGM to answer any questions you may have.

Richard Sells
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

73

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report 2023 continued

Directors’ remuneration policy
The objective of the remuneration policy for 
Executive Directors is to ensure remuneration 
incentivises and rewards the growth of 
shareholder value through full alignment  
with the Company’s strategy and with the 
interests of shareholders.

The total remuneration package is structured 
so that a significant proportion is linked to 
performance conditions measured over both 
the short and long term. A high proportion of 
the potential remuneration is paid in shares, 
thereby ensuring that executives have a strong 
ongoing alignment with shareholders through 
the Company’s share price performance.

When setting the levels of short-term and 
long-term variable remuneration and the 
balance of cash and share-based elements, 
consideration is given to obtaining the 
appropriate balance so as not to encourage 
unnecessary risk-taking, whilst ensuring that 
performance hurdles are suitably challenging.

In addition to the elements of remuneration 
set out in the table to the right, Executive 
Directors are required to work towards 
meeting share ownership guidelines.  
Further details are provided on page 78.

Element

Base salary

Purpose and link  
to strategy

To recruit and reward 
high-calibre executives  
for the role required.

Benefits

To provide market-
competitive benefits and  
to help ensure the overall 
wellbeing of employees.

Pension

Annual bonus 
scheme

To provide market-
competitive benefits and  
to assist post retirement 
financial planning.

To encourage and reward 
excellent performance  
over the course of the 
financial year.

74

Maximum opportunity

There is no prescribed maximum 
annual increase. The Committee  
is guided by movements in market 
rates, the performance of the 
business and the general salary 
increase for the broader employee 
population, but on occasion may 
need to take into account factors 
such as development in role, 
change in responsibility, and/or 
specific retention issues.

Benefits provision is set at a  
level considered appropriate  
taking into account a variety  
of factors, including market  
practice elsewhere.

Up to 10% of basic salary.

Maximum annual opportunity  
of 100% of basic salary.

Operation

Reviewed annually by the Committee, taking account  
of Company performance, individual performance, 
changes in responsibility and levels of increase for  
the workforce generally.

Reference is also made to comparator benchmarks  
from time to time.

The Committee considers the impact of any basic  
salary increase on the total remuneration package.

The Company typically provides:

•  Car allowance
•  Medical insurance
•  Health insurance
•  Cost-of-living allowance
•  Other ancillary benefits, including relocation 

expenses (as required)

Executive Directors are also entitled to 25 days’ leave 
per annum.

A Company contribution to a defined contribution 
pension scheme or provision of cash allowance in  
lieu of pension.

Annual bonus payments are based on performance 
against challenging targets linked to the Company’s 
strategic objectives.

Bonuses are currently paid in cash. The Remuneration 
Committee may review on an ongoing basis whether  
a proportion of the bonuses should be deferred into 
shares.

A recovery and withholding mechanism applies in the 
event of a material misstatement of the Company’s 
accounts and also for other defined reasons.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Element

Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’)

Purpose and link  
to strategy

To encourage and  
reward delivery of the 
Company’s long-term 
strategic objectives and 
provide alignment with 
shareholders through  
the use of share-based 
remuneration.

Operation

The Company makes annual awards of nil-cost options.

Awards are released subject to continued employment 
and satisfaction of challenging performance conditions 
measured over three years.

A recovery and withholding mechanism applies in the 
event of a material misstatement of the Company’s 
accounts and also for other defined reasons.

Non-Executive 
Director fees

To attract and retain a 
high-calibre Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors 

Fee levels are set as appropriate for the role and 
responsibility for each Non-Executive Director position 
and with reference to market levels in comparably sized 
public companies. Fees are paid in cash.

The Chairman is paid a single fee for all his 
responsibilities. Other Non-Executive Directors  
are also paid a single fee. 

Maximum opportunity

There is no formal individual limit 
within the LTIP rules. However, the 
Remuneration Committee normally 
applies a limit of 100% of basic 
salary to grants made under  
the LTIP to Executive Directors.

25% of the award is payable  
for threshold performance.

In line with the LTIP rules, the 
Committee may decide to allow 
participants to receive dividend-
equivalent payments.

There is no prescribed maximum 
annual increase. Any increases to 
fee levels are guided by movements 
in market rates and the general 
salary increase for the broader 
employee population. On occasion, 
however, fee increases may need  
to recognise, for example, change  
in responsibility and/or time 
commitments.

Service contracts and payments  
for loss of office
The Remuneration Committee is responsible 
for approving the terms of the service 
contracts for Executive Directors and other 
senior executives. Directors’ service contracts 
are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office.

The service agreements for Mark Bartlett  
and Clare Foster are terminable on 12 months’ 
notice and six months’ notice respectively. 
Other than payment of salary and benefits in 
lieu of notice, the Executive Directors’ service 
agreements do not provide for benefits upon 
termination of employment.

The Non-Executive Directors have entered 
into letters of appointment with the Company 
which can be terminated by either party 
providing three months’ prior written notice.

75

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report 2023 continued

Annual report on remuneration
Directors’ remuneration for 2023

Executive Directors

Mark Bartlett

Raudres Wong1

Non-Executive Directors

Gary Lamb

Mark Kirkland3

Richard Sells

Salary and fees 
£k

Benefits2 
£k

Pension 
£k

Annual bonus 
£k

Long-term 
incentives 
£k

Other 
£k

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

375

365

280

314

82

80

49

48

49

48

70

70

21

24

–

–

–

–

–

–

38

37

27

33

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

35

–

–

–

Total 
£k

483

472

328

371

82

80

84

48

49

48

1  Raudres Wong stepped down as a Director on 1 November 2023. The payments in the table represent her pay up to this date.
2  Mark Bartlett’s benefits include participation in the Company’s private medical insurance scheme and a car allowance. Raudres Wong’s benefits included participation in the Company’s 

medical insurance and permanent health insurance schemes.

3  Fees under ‘Other’ for Mark Kirkland represent the amounts received for his role as interim CFO with effect from 27 October 2023.

Annual bonus scheme outcome for 2023
Executive Directors had the opportunity to earn a maximum annual cash bonus for 2023 of 100% of basic salary, subject to the achievement of 
challenging financial and non-financial targets linked to profit (45%), cash (40%) and the achievement of specific ESG targets (15%). Payment 
of the bonus required minimum PAT for 2023 of £26.5m. 

Given a PAT outturn for the year of £20.1m, the Committee determined that no bonuses should be paid.

76

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Performance under the LTIP award granted in 2021
Executive Directors and other members of senior management were granted an award of shares 
under the LTIP in April 2021. Vesting of the awards was based on EPS performance measured over 
the three-year period ended 31 December 2023. The specific EPS targets, and the performance 
achieved, are set out below. 

LTIP award granted in 2023
Executive Directors and other senior employees were granted an award of shares under the LTIP 
in April 2023. For the Executive Directors, the award was granted at a level of 100% of basic salary. 
Vesting of 85% of the award is subject to the achievement of performance conditions based on 
the Company’s EPS performance over the three financial years ending 31 December 2025. The 
specific targets were disclosed in last year’s report and are also set out below.

Annual EPS growth to be achieved in the period ended 31 December 2023

Level of vesting

Below 3%

3%

Between 3% and 6%

6% or above

0%

25%

Vesting on a straight-line basis between  
25% and 100%

100%

The Committee assessed the level of performance achieved and determined that the targets 
had not been met, taking into account the EPS of 9.2p reported for the year ended 31 December 
2023. Given negative EPS growth over the three-year performance period, the Committee 
determined that the Directors’ LTIP awards should lapse in full.

Annual EPS growth to be achieved in the period ending 31 December 2025

Level of vesting

Below 3%

3%

Between 3% and 7%

7% or above

0%

25%

Vesting on a straight-line basis between  
25% and 100%

100%

The remaining 15% is based on Strix achieving a reduction in energy intensity of at least 5% per 
annum over the three-year performance period. 

The awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions, as set out in the remuneration policy 
on page 72.

77

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report 2023 continued

Directors’ participation in the LTIP
Details of the numbers of shares held by the Executive Directors under the LTIP are set out in the table below.

Executive

Mark Bartlett

Raudres Wong4

Scheme

Grant date

Exercise price

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

6 Apr 2020

21 Apr 2021

21 Apr 2022

17 Apr 2023

6 Apr 2020

21 Apr 2021

21 Apr 2022

17 Apr 2023

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

Number of LTIP 
shares at 
31 December 
2022

197,138

123,995

148,760

–

–

–

–

359,295

196,060

107,593

131,262

–

–

–

–

311,615

Granted during 
year

Vested during 
year

Lapsed during 
year

Number of shares 
at 31 December 
2023

End of 
performance 
period

Vesting date1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

197,138

–

31 Dec 2022

1 Apr 20232

–

–

–

123,995

31 Dec 2023

1 Apr 20243

148,760

31 Dec 2024

1 Apr 2025

359,295

31 Dec 2025

1 Apr 2026

196,060

–

31 Dec 2022

1 Apr 20232

–

–

–

107,593

31 Dec 2023

1 Apr 20243

131,262

31 Dec 2024

1 Apr 2025

311,615

31 Dec 2025

1 Apr 2026

1  These LTIP options cannot be exercised until the Remuneration Committee determines the performance conditions have been met.
2  As explained in the 2022 Directors’ remuneration report, the performance conditions for this award were formally tested after the 2022 year end and it was deemed that the award had lapsed in full.
3  As explained in the relevant section above, the performance conditions for this award were formally tested after the 2023 year end and it was deemed that the award had lapsed in full.
4  Raudres Wong stepped down from the Board on 1 November 2023. As explained on page 73, she retains an interest in her outstanding LTIP awards. These will vest on a pro-rata basis subject to the achievement of the relevant performance conditions.

Directors’ shareholding guidelines and share interests
To align their interests with shareholders, Executive Directors are required to work towards 
meeting specific shareholding guidelines. These guidelines require the Directors to retain at 
least 50% of the net of taxes gain arising from any shares vesting or acquired under the LTIP until 
such time as the share ownership target has been met. The guidelines require the CEO to build  
a holding equivalent in value to 200% of basic salary, and the CFO to build a holding equivalent in 
value to 150% of basic salary.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to hold shares in the Company but 
are not subject to a formal shareholding guideline. Details of the Directors’ interests in shares are 
shown in the table to the right.

Director

Mark Bartlett

Raudres Wong2

Gary Lamb3

Mark Kirkland

Richard Sells

Beneficially owned at 31 December 
2023

Shareholding guideline achieved at 
31 December 2023 as % of 2023  
basic salary1

2,676,762

1,977,374

468,313

63,613

14,241

>200%

>150%

n/a

n/a

n/a

1  Based on the year-end share price of 74.6p.
2  Shareholding stated as at 1 November 2023, the date Raudres Wong stepped down from the Board. Shares held in the name 

of her husband, Wing Yip Fong.

3  Shares registered in the name of GEL Holdings Limited, a company controlled by Gary Lamb.

78

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Application of the remuneration policy for 2024
Fixed remuneration
The salary for Mark Bartlett has been increased by 4% with effect from 1 April 2024, to £393,345. 
This is in line with the average salary increase for the wider workforce. As noted on page 73,  
it was agreed at the time of Clare Foster’s appointment that her salary would be £328,000 plus 
whatever percentage increase was determined for the Executive Directors for 2024. Accordingly, 
her salary with effect from her appointment to the Board on 2 April 2024 is £341,120. 

The level of pension provision for both of the Executive Directors is 10% of basic salary.

Annual bonus scheme
The annual bonus scheme will continue to incentivise the delivery of performance over the short 
term. The scheme will primarily be based on the achievement of challenging financial targets 
linked to profit, cash and the achievement of specific ESG targets.

We intend to disclose the specific bonus targets in the 2024 Directors’ remuneration report, 
alongside details of performance against the targets.

The maximum annual bonus opportunity for the Directors for 2024 will be 100% of basic salary, 
payable in cash.

LTIP
The 2024 LTIP award will be based on similar performance conditions to the award granted in 
2023. A total of 85% of the award will be subject to the achievement of performance conditions 
based on the Company’s EPS performance over the three financial years ending 31 December 
2026. The performance targets to be used are set out below.

Annual EPS growth to be achieved in the period ending 31 December 2026 

Level of vesting

Below 3%

3%

Between 3% and 7%

7% or above

0%

25%

Vesting on a straight-line basis between 
25% and 100%

100%

The Committee believes that the above targets are appropriately stretching when taking into 
account expectations of the Company’s performance over the forthcoming three-year period.

The remaining 15% of the award will again be based on requiring a reduction in Company  
energy intensity over the three-year period. For this element of the award to vest, there must  
be a minimum reduction in energy intensity of at least 5% per annum over the period.

A payment equivalent to the value of the dividend paid over the vesting period will also be payable 
at the time of vesting. The awards will be subject to malus and clawback provisions, as set out in 
the remuneration policy on page 72.

The LTIP awards for the Executive Directors will be granted at the normal levels of 100% of basic 
salary. For the new CFO, as explained on page 73, an additional award of 50% of salary will be 
granted which will vest subject to continued employment over the following three years. This  
was agreed by the Remuneration Committee as necessary to secure the appointment of a CFO 
candidate of her calibre and in recognition of her commitment to relocate to the Isle of Man.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The fees payable to the Board Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors have been 
increased by 4% for 2024, in line with the salary increase for the Executive Directors and the 
average salary increase across the wider workforce. Accordingly, the new fees are £85,696 for 
Gary Lamb and £51,418 each for Mark Kirkland and Richard Sells.

This report was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Richard Sells
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

79

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportQCA Principles and Strix

Governance 
principle

Seek to 
understand  
and meet 
shareholder 
needs and 
expectations

Governance 
principle

Establish a 
strategy and 
business model 
which promote 
long-term value 
for shareholders

Strix response

Further reading

Strix has developed a clear strategy to act as a 
guiding principle and to articulate how long-
term value will be generated for shareholders. 
The Board regularly updates and refines this 
strategy to ensure it remains fit for purpose 
given the changes in the environment in which 
the Group operates. 

Strix has an established risk management 
framework which assists the Board in achieving 
an appropriate balance between risk and 
reward. In turn, this allows the Board to take 
actions to mitigate unnecessary or undesirable 
risk and to safeguard the long-term viability of 
the Group. 

Strix also has significant resources available  
to create medium to long-term value.  
These include: 
•  A market-leading share of the global kettle 

controls market. 

•  Significant, long-standing customer 

relationships. 

•  A large portfolio of intellectual property. 
•  A strong pipeline of new products.

Disclosure of the 
Group’s strategic 
business objectives 
is included on page 
14. This includes a 
description of each 
part of the strategy. 

Strix’s value chain  
is explained on page 
7 and the way in 
which we deliver 
value for our 
stakeholders is set 
out on pages 50  
and 51.

Strix’s risk 
management 
framework is set out 
on pages 54 to 60. 
This sets out our 
understanding  
and assessment  
of the risks which 
the Group faces  
in executing 
its chosen strategy.

Further reading

Our RNS 
notifications and 
annual reports  
are available on the 
Group’s website as 
well as the results  
of the AGM voting 
outcomes, showing 
the percentage of 
votes for, against  
and withheld for  
each resolution. 

Strix response

The Executive Directors engage regularly  
with investors and analysts at meetings  
and investor roadshows in order to articulate  
the Group’s strategy, business model and 
performance, and ensure they are clearly 
understood. This also provides the Executive 
Directors with an opportunity to understand 
what shareholders’ expectations and needs are. 

This two-way dialogue is key to driving the 
Group forward and informs the decision-
making process that the Board undertakes  
on key matters. 

The Board also seeks to engage with 
shareholders throughout the year, in particular 
via our regular reporting of performance and 
key news announcements via RNS. 

All members of the Board attend the Annual 
General Meeting and the Board encourages 
shareholders to attend this meeting and ask 
questions (where possible). In the event of a 
substantial vote (more than 20%) against any 
particular resolution, the Board will engage 
with shareholders in order to determine the 
appropriate course of action. 

The Board also engages with both institutional 
and private shareholders to understand the 
needs and expectations of both of these groups. 

80

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Governance 
principle

Seek to 
understand  
and meet 
shareholder 
needs and 
expectations 
continued

Take into 
account wider 
stakeholder  
and social 
responsibilities 
and their 
implications  
for long term 
success

Strix response

Further reading

Strix does not have a dedicated investor 
relations department given its size but  
has engaged an external investor relations 
adviser to act as another point of contact  
for shareholders, details of which are on the 
Company’s website. Questions from individual 
shareholders are typically referred to the Chair 
or CEO for written answers.

Strix’s long history has enabled it to develop  
a good understanding of its key stakeholders. 
This understanding helps the Board and the 
management team make well-informed 
business decisions and to deliver on our 
strategic objectives. 

Please refer to 
pages 42 to 47 and 
50 to 51 for further 
information on  
why and how we 
engage with these 
stakeholders.

Strix’s key stakeholder groups are: 
•  Shareholders (both institutional  

and private). 
•  Employees. 
•  Customers. 
•  Suppliers. 
•  Communities. 
•  Environment. 

As part of our HR strategy, management are 
committed to making positive changes in the 
Group which will increase our engagement 
index score.

Strix also holds regular discussions with its 
customers and suppliers, many of whom have 
worked with Strix for decades, which helps  
us to understand the importance of these 
relationships in order to continue to succeed.

Governance 
principle

Take into 
account wider 
stakeholder  
and social 
responsibilities 
and their 
implications  
for long term 
success 
continued

Embed  
effective risk 
management, 
considering both 
opportunities 
and threats, 
throughout the 
organisation

Maintain the 
Board as a 
well-functioning, 
balanced team 
led by the Chair

Strix response

Further reading

Strix’s intention is to build a relationship  
and strategy to support and benefit all  
our stakeholders: colleagues, customers, 
communities, regulatory bodies, shareholders 
and suppliers. The Strix eco-system depends 
on the interaction and therefore the wellbeing 
of all parties. Similarly, embracing the needs of 
all our stakeholders is critical to the success of  
the whole.

Strix has in place a risk management 
framework which assists the Board in 
identifying, assessing, and mitigating the  
risks faced by the Group to an acceptable  
level. This is reviewed on an ongoing basis  
and actions are taken as needed to reduce  
the risks to an acceptable level, if required.

The risk 
management 
framework is set out 
on pages 54 to 60.

The Board includes three Non-Executive 
Directors and two Executive Directors. The 
Non-Executive Directors being Gary Lamb, 
Mark Kirkland and Richard Sells. 

See page 66 which 
covers Directors’ 
independence, time 
commitment and its 
key Committees.

In the Board’s judgement, Gary Lamb, Mark 
Kirkland and Richard Sells are independent 
although it is noted in this regard that Gary 
Lamb also chairs the Board, having been 
appointed on a permanent basis on 6 March 
2018. Mark Kirkland temporarily sat in as  
the Interim CFO from 27 October 2023 to  
2 April 2024, and resumed non-executive 
duties thereafter.

81

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportQCA Principles and Strix continued

Governance 
principle

Maintain the 
Board as a 
well-functioning, 
balanced team 
led by the Chair 
continued

Strix response

Further reading

Further information 
on Directors’ 
interests is included  
in the Directors’ 
report on pages  
85 and 86.

Given the relatively small size of the Board 
(five Directors), the Directors consider that the 
Board has an appropriate balance between 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors, and that 
this is sufficient for the Board to be considered 
independent as a whole. The Directors consider 
that this structure is appropriate for the size and 
nature of the Group, although this is kept under 
regular review.

All Board members have clearly defined  
roles and responsibilities and we have clearly 
documented these roles and responsibilities  
in matters reserved for the Board as well  
as having clear and transparent terms of 
reference for all the Board Committees.

Governance 
principle

Ensure that 
between them 
the Directors 
have the 
necessary 
up-to-date 
experience, skills 
and capabilities 
continued

Promote a 
corporate 
culture that is 
based on ethical 
values and 
behaviours

Ensure that 
between them 
the Directors 
have the 
necessary 
up-to-date 
experience, skills 
and capabilities

The Board is composed of individuals with  
an appropriate mix of experience and skills, 
including experience serving on the boards  
of listed companies. The Board is represented 
by an appropriately diverse mix of individuals, 
given its size. 

A short biography  
of each Director is 
provided on pages 
64 and 65.

The Board is not dominated by any one  
person or group of people. All Directors  
have the ability to challenge proposals  
put forward to the meeting and decisions  
are reached democratically.

82

Strix response

Further reading

Further details on 
corporate social 
responsibility, 
including ethical 
conduct and 
sustainable 
investing, is 
provided on  
pages 32 to 49.

The Company Secretary has the responsibility 
to make the Board aware of legal changes and 
will advise on the Company’s approach. 

The Board has access to external advice, 
including the Company’s solicitors where 
required. The Board receives ongoing training 
as part of its annual board meeting cycle.

Strix has a responsibility towards its 
employees and partners. The Group is  
proud to provide opportunities for the  
next generation and is passionate about 
supporting social causes, both on the Isle  
of Man and beyond. The Group has a defined 
policy in place for anti-slavery and anti- 
human trafficking, which is reviewed at least 
annually. Strix respects the dignity, rights and 
aspirations of all people, and is committed to 
supporting and promoting international and 
local laws which prohibit modern-day slavery 
and human trafficking. 

Strix has zero tolerance of violations  
of this policy, which applies equally to  
all of our Directors, officers, employees, 
apprentices, volunteers, agents, consultants 
and other representatives. Strix also has in 
place policies for anticorruption and anti-
bribery, in order to detect and prevent any 
instances of corruption or fraud. This includes 
a whistleblowing facility to report any 
suspected instances of corruption or  
bribery to one of the Directors.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Further reading

Further details 
on corporate 
governance are 
provided on page 
67.

Governance 
principle

Maintain 
governance 
structures and 
processes that 
are fit for 
purpose and 
support good 
decision-making 
by the Board

Governance 
principle

Evaluate Board 
performance 
based on clear 
and relevant 
objectives, 
seeking 
continuous 
improvement

Strix response

During the year, the Board has undertaken  
an assessment of its own performance, and 
the performance of each Director, in order to 
conclude that it has an appropriate balance of 
skills and that the composition of the Board 
remains appropriate. 

The key assessments made in relation to  
the effectiveness of the Directors are: 
•  Their contributions are relevant and 

effective.

•  Their skills remain current and relevant  

for their role on the Board. 

•  They are committed and able to devote  

a suitable amount of time to undertaking 
their duties as a Director. 
If their role is as an independent Director, 
that they remain independent. 

• 

All senior nominations, including nominations 
to the Board of Directors, require approval by 
the Nominations Committee. 

The Company’s Articles of Association  
require that at least one-third of the Directors 
must stand for re-election by shareholders 
annually in rotation and that any new Director 
appointed during the year must stand for 
election at the AGM immediately following  
their appointment. At the 2023 AGM, all five 
members of the Board of Directors retired by 
rotation and were all duly re-elected. Going 
forward, at each AGM, all Directors will retire by 
rotation and immediately stand for re-election.

Further reading

Further details  
on the Group’s 
corporate 
governance 
including details  
of the Audit, 
Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committees are 
provided on pages 
66 to 87.

Strix response

The Board normally meets on a monthly  
basis and not fewer than 10 times a year, 
supplemented by additional meetings as and 
when required. The Board discusses strategy, 
performance and internal controls based on a 
formal agenda, which is circulated in advance 
of each meeting. The Board is also responsible 
for the approval of RNS announcements and 
the annual and interim results. The following 
matters are reserved for consideration and 
approval by the Board:
•  Strategy and management. 
•  Structure and capital.
•  Financial performance, financial position, 

financial reporting and controls. 
Internal controls. 

• 
•  Contracts. 
•  Communication. 
•  Board membership and other appointments. 
•  Remuneration. 
•  Delegation of authority.
•  Corporate governance matters. 
•  Policies.

Any Director is free to challenge any proposals 
put to a Board meeting, and decisions are 
made democratically after discussion.  
Senior members of staff attend certain Board 
meetings by invitation to discuss matters in 
relation to their specific areas of expertise. 

83

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportQCA Principles and Strix continued

Governance 
principle

Maintain 
governance 
structures 
and processes 
that are fit for 
purpose and 
support good 
decision-making 
by the Board 
continued

Strix response

Further reading

The Chairman is responsible for running  
the business of the Board and for ensuring 
appropriate strategic focus and direction. The 
CEO is responsible for proposing the strategic 
direction to the Board, implementing it once 
approved, and managing the performance of 
the Group through the management team. 

The Board is supported by the Audit, 
Nomination, Remuneration and Environmental, 
Social and Governance (ESG) Committees  
in discharging its responsibilities. The Board 
also has access to Executive Assistants to 
help the Directors fulfil their duties. Each of  
the Committees has access to such resources, 
information and advice as it deems necessary, 
at the cost of the Group, to enable the 
Committee to discharge its duties. 

The Board believe this structure is appropriate 
for the current size of the Group and the 
nature of its business, but this is assessed  
at least annually as part of the review of the 
Board’s performance. 

The size and composition of the Board, plus 
the governance structures and processes 
which support it, may change in response  
to a change in the nature and/or composition 
of the Group.

84

Governance 
principle

Communicate 
how the 
company is 
governed and is 
performing by 
maintaining a 
dialogue with 
shareholders and 
other relevant 
stakeholders

Strix response

Further reading

Strix communicates principally with its 
shareholders and other stakeholders through:
•  the Annual report and accounts. 
•  half-year announcements. 
•  the London Stock Exchange’s Regulatory 

Details of how the 
company engages 
with its various 
stakeholders can be 
found on pages 50 
to 51 of this report. 

The Company’s 
reports and 
presentations and 
notices of Annual 
General Meetings 
are made available 
on the website,  
as are the results  
of voting at 
shareholder 
meetings.

News Service (RNS). 

•  the Annual General Meeting (AGM). 
•  one-to-one meetings with large existing or 

• 

potential new shareholders. 
Internal staff meetings or through written/
email communication.

The Board receives regular updates on the 
views of shareholders through briefings and 
reports from the CEO, CFO and the Group’s 
joint brokers. The Group communicates with 
institutional investors frequently through 
briefings with management. 

In addition, analysts’ notes and brokers’ 
briefings are reviewed to achieve a wide 
understanding of investors’ views. Site visits 
are hosted with key analysts in order to 
demonstrate the work being undertaken  
by the Group to execute its strategy. 

The Group completes an employee 
engagement survey on a biennial basis and  
has created an ‘Employee Engagement Forum’, 
staffed by a diverse mix of staff within the 
business, to act as the focal point between the 
management team and the employees. This 
open dialogue continues to result in positive 
changes being introduced. The outcome of the 
Employee Engagement Survey is a KPI on which 
all of the management team’s performance is 
assessed for over the two-year period.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Directors’ Report
for the year ended 31 December 2023

The Directors present their report together with the audited consolidated financial statements  
of Strix Group Plc (the Company) for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Principal activities of the Group 
The principal activities of Strix Group Plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) are the 
design, manufacture and supply of kettle safety controls and other components and devices, 
dispensers and appliances involving water heating and temperature control, steam management 
and water filtration.

Results and dividends 
The Group recorded revenue in the year of £144.6m (FY 2022: £106.9m) and a reported profit after 
tax of £16.2m (FY 2022: £16.9m).

Given the increase in net debt following the strategic acquisition of Billi in 2022, and with the  
high interest rate environment, the Board of Directors continue to take precautions to balance 
the capital allocation priorities, with debt reduction and cash flow generation taking precedence. 
To be prudent, the Board has decided to prioritise the reduction of debt for the rest of the current 
year, with no further dividend declarations proposed out of 2023 distributable reserves. 

Financial risk management
Information relating to the financial risks of the Group have been included within note 22, 
‘Financial risk management’.

Directors and their interests
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing  
the consolidated financial statements were:
•  Mark Bartlett
•  Mark Kirkland 
•  Gary Lamb 
•  Raudres Wong (retired in October 2023)
•  Richard Sells

All members of the Board of Directors will retire by rotation in accordance with the Company’s 
Memorandum and Articles of Association and all will be proposed for re-election at the AGM on 
20 June 2024. The Directors who held office during the year and as at 31 December 2023 had the 
following interests in the number of ordinary shares of the Company:

Name of Director

Mark Bartlett
Mark Kirkland
Gary Lamb
Raudres Wong (retired in October 2023)
Richard Sells

2023

2022

2,676,762
63,613
468,313
1,977,374
14,241

2,625,030
63,613
468,313
1,977,374
14,421

In addition to the interests in ordinary shares shown above, the Group operates a performance 
share plan (the LTIP) for senior executives, under which certain Directors have been granted 
conditional share awards. Subject to achieving performance targets, the maximum number  
of ordinary shares which could be issued to Directors in the future under such awards at 
31 December 2023 is shown below:

Mark Bartlett 
Raudres Wong (retired in October 2023)

2023

2022

632,050
550,470

272,755
238,855

The market price of the Company’s shares at the end of the financial year was 74.6p (FY 2022: 
82.0p) and the range of market prices in the year was between 52.8p and 112.6p (FY 2022: 
between 74.70p and 306.0p).

No changes took place in the interests of Directors between 31 December 2023 and the date  
of signing the consolidated financial statements. 

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Articles permit the Board to grant the Directors indemnities in relation to their duties as 
Directors, including third party indemnity provisions (within the meaning of the Isle of Man 
Companies Act 2006) in respect of any liabilities incurred by them in connection with any 
negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the Company. Deeds of 
indemnity have been granted to each Director, but do not cover criminal acts. Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance cover is in place at the date of this report. The Board remains satisfied 
that an appropriate level of cover is in place and a review of the levels of cover takes place on an 
annual basis.

85

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportDirectors’ Report continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Going concern 
After making appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future and for at least one year from the date of issue of these consolidated financial 
statements. As a result, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Further details are provided in note 2 of the financial statements. 

Independent auditor
The auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC, has indicated its willingness to continue in office and 
a resolution concerning reappointment will be proposed at the AGM.

On behalf of the Board

Mark Kirkland
Director
26 March 2024 

86

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

The Directors are responsible for preparing the consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with applicable laws and regulations. The Directors have elected to prepare the consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for:
•  selecting suitable accounting policies and applying them consistently;
•  stating whether IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the European Union,  

have been followed subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in  
the financial statements;

•  making judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  preparing the consolidated financial statements on the going concern basis unless  

it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business; and

•  preparing consolidated financial statements which give a true and fair view of the state  
of affairs of the Group and of the financial performance of the Group for that period. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to  
show and explain the Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any  
time the financial position of the Group. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets  
of the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud  
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Group’s website. 
Legislation in the Isle of Man governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Mark Kirkland
Director
26 March 2024 

87

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Strix Group Plc

Our opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated 
financial position of Strix Group Plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’)  
as at 31 December 2023 and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash 
flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most 
significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

What we have audited
Strix Group Plc’s consolidated financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) comprise:

•  the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023;
•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
•  the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; 
•  the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
•  the notes to the financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other 

explanatory information.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (‘ISAs’).  
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide  
a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the 
International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (‘IESBA Code’). We have fulfilled our  
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code.

Our audit approach
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where the Directors made 
subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved 
making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our 
audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among 
other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of 
material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters

How our audit addressed the key audit matters

Fraud risk in revenue 
recognition
Refer to notes 2 and 7 to 
the financial statements.

The Directors and 
management participate 
in reward and incentive 
schemes, including 
share-based payment 
programmes that may 
incentivise or place 
pressure on the 
Directors and 
management to 
manipulate revenue 
recognition.

There is a risk that 
management may 
override controls to 
intentionally misstate 
revenue transactions  
by recording fictitious 
revenue transactions 
through inappropriate 
journal entries. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:
•  Obtaining a detailed understanding of the standard flows of 

transactions for each material revenue stream;

•  Employing data analytics tools over certain streams to trace revenue 
transactions to cash receipts; and to identify transactions which did 
not follow the standard flows, which were verified to originating 
documentation to confirm that the entries were valid;

•  Considering the stated accounting policy in respect of revenue 

recognition and whether it is compliant with International  
Financial Reporting Standard (‘IFRS’) 15 ‘Revenue from contracts  
with customers’;

•  Testing significant controls in relation to the sales process, including 
the automated generation of invoices and packing lists, and approval 
of changes to standing data;

•  Testing revenue cut-off around the year-end by selecting a sample  

of transactions from either side of the year-end to supporting 
documentation, as well as reviewing post year-end credit notes 
issued for indications of revenue manipulation;

•  Testing a sample of revenue transactions back to the purchase order, 
the invoice and proof of receipt from the client to confirm occurrence 
and accuracy of the transaction;

•  Testing a sample of licensing income recognised in the year to 

underlying contracts;

•  Issuing instructions to and directing the work of the component 

auditors in Italy and Australia in relation to the audit of revenue; and,
•  Holding regular meetings with and reviewing the working papers of 
the component auditors to ensure that sufficient appropriate audit 
evidence was obtained over the risk of fraud in revenue recognition.

Based on our work we did not identify any evidence of inappropriate 
management override in respect of the amount of revenue recorded 
through inappropriate journal entries.

88

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Other information
The other information comprises the Directors’ report and the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities (but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon), 
which we obtained prior to the date of the auditor’s report, and the other information to be included 
in the annual report and accounts, which is expected to be made available to us after that date. The 
Directors are responsible for the other information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.  
We have nothing to report in this regard. When we read the other information to be included in  
the annual report and accounts, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein,  
we are required to communicate the matter to the Directors.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements that give a true and 
fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the European Union and 
Isle of Man law, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due  
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements  
as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,  
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:
• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether 
due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and 
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for  
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing 
an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Directors.

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of 

accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty  
exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required 
to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements 
or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on  
the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or 
conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including 
the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions 
and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group 
audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

89

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Strix Group Plc

We communicate with the Directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and 
timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide the Directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, 
actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. 

From the matters communicated with the Directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key 
audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a 
matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so 
would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

This report, including the opinion, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members  
as a body in accordance with our engagement letter dated 19 January 2024 and for no other 
purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Nicholas Halsall
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
Chartered Accountants
Douglas, Isle of Man
26 March 2024 

90

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

2023
£000s

2022
£000s

144,586 

106,920

Revenue

  Cost of sales – before adjusting items
  Cost of sales – adjusting items

Cost of sales

Gross profit
Distribution costs

  Administrative expenses – before adjusting items
  Administrative expenses – adjusting items

Administrative expenses
Share of profits/(losses) from joint ventures
Other operating income

Operating profit
Analysed as:
  Adjusted EBITDA(1)
  Amortisation 
  Depreciation
  Adjusting items

Operating profit

Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before taxation
Income tax (expense)/credit

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (pence)
Basic
Diluted

7

6

6

11
12
6

8

9

(87,398) 
(99) 

(87,497) 

57,089 
(10,896) 

(14,679) 
(4,127) 

(18,806) 
85 
442 

27,914 

39,585 
(3,365) 
(5,341) 
(2,965) 

27,914 

(10,386) 
175 

17,703 
(1,543) 

16,160 

(1,612) 

14,548 

16,203 
(43) 

16,160 

14,602 
(54) 

14,548 

(65,395)
(847)

(66,242)

40,678
(10,824)

(5,570)
(5,101)

(10,671)
(18)
751

19,916

32,128
(2,063)
(4,201)
(5,948)

19,916

(3,925)
59

16,050
805

16,855 

1,495 

18,350 

16,790 
65 

16,855 

18,324 
26 

18,350 

8.0
7.9

1   Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings  

before finance costs, tax, depreciation, amortisation, 
and adjusting items, is a non-GAAP metric used by 
management and is not an IFRS disclosure.

The notes on pages 95 to 132 form part of 
these consolidated financial statements.

91

10
10

7.4
7.3

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 31 December 2023

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax asset
Investments in joint ventures
Net investments in finance leases

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables
Current income tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital and share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration
Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Borrowings
Post-employment benefits

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

92

Note

2023 
£000s

2022 
£000s

11
12
9

15
16
16
17

24
23

18
19
26
14
18

26
9
19
5(c)

73,409
46,215
957
1
11

73,374
47,364
–
19
16

120,593

120,773

25,440
27,713
220
20,114

73,487

27,702
29,791
497
30,443

88,433

194,080

209,206

23,642
572
18,167
653

43,034

27,165
16,062
1,218
–
2,074

46,519

3,592
10,304
89,743
888

104,527

151,046

23,861
202
12,479
707

37,249

29,963
14,734
1,069
7,532
444

53,742

2,819
11,387
103,092
917

118,215

171,957

194,080

209,206

The consolidated financial statements 
on pages 91 to 132 were approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board of Directors 
on 26 March 2024 and were signed on its 
behalf by:

Mark Bartlett
Director

Mark Kirkland
Director

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Balance at 1 January 2022 

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expenses)

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid (note 25)
Share-based payment transactions (note 23)
Transfers between reserves (note 23)
Issue of shares (note 24)
Transaction costs (note 24)

Total transactions with equity holders recognised directly in equity

Other transactions recognised directly in equity (note 23)

Balance at 1 January 2023

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(expenses)

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid (note 25)
Share-based payment transactions (note 23)
Transfers between reserves (note 23)
Transaction costs (note 24)

Total transactions with equity holders recognised directly in equity

Other transactions recognised directly in equity

Balance at 31 December 2023

The notes on pages 95 to 132 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

Share capital and 
share premium
£000s

Share-based 
payment reserve
£000s

Retained  
(deficit)/earnings
£000s

Total equity 
attributable to 
owners
£000s

Non-controlling 
interests
£000s

Total equity
£000s

13,139

2,039

–
–

–

–
–
7
13,000
(2,285)

10,722

–

23,861

–
–

–

–
–
–
(219)

(219)

–

23,642

–
–

–

–
(491)
(1,210)
–
–

(1,701)

(136)

202

–
–

–

–
380
(10)
–

370

–

572

10,146

16,790
1,534

18,324

(17,300)
–
1,203
–
–

(16,097)

106

12,479

16,203
(1,601)

14,602

(9,070)
–
10
–

(9,060)

146

18,167

25,324

16,790
1,534

18,324

(17,300)
(491)
–
13,000
(2,285)

(7,076)

(30)

36,542

16,203
(1,601)

14,602

(9,070)
380
–
(219)

(8,909)

146

42,381

681

65
(39)

26

–
–
–
–
–

–

–

707

(43)
(11)

(54)

–
–
–
–

–

–

26,005

16,855
1,495

18,350

(17,300)
(491)
–
13,000
(2,285)

(7,076)

(30)

37,249

16,160
(1,612)

14,548

(9,070)
380
–
(219)

(8,909)

146

653

43,034

93

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 31 December 2023

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Cash outflows from capitalised development costs
Purchase of LAICA S.p.A. (deferred consideration)
Consideration refund/(purchase of Billi, net of cash acquired)
Purchase of other intangibles
Finance income

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Drawdowns under credit facility
Repayment of borrowings
Finance costs paid
Principal elements of lease payments
(Transaction costs)/net proceeds from issue of new shares
Dividends paid

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effects of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The notes on pages 95 to 132 form part of these consolidated financial statements.

94

Note

27

11

14
11

19
19
19
26
24
25

2023
£000s

2022
£000s

38,902
(1,297)

37,605

(3,296)
(3,560)
(7,502)
1,046
(1,169)
180

24,567
(1,204)

23,363

(4,749)
(3,326)
(1,671)
(37,658)
(484)
59

(14,301)

(47,829)

–
(15,114)
(7,611)
(1,426)
(219)
(9,070)

(33,440)

(10,136)
30,443
(193)

20,114

46,487
–
(3,263)
(833)
10,715
(17,300)

35,806

11,340
19,670
(567)

30,443

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2023

1.  General information
Strix Group Plc (‘the Company’) was incorporated and registered in the Isle of Man on 12 July 2017 
as a company limited by shares under the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006 with the registered 
number 014963V. The address of its registered office is Forrest House, Ronaldsway, Isle of Man, 
IM9 2RG. 

The Directors have made enquiries to assess the appropriateness of continuing to adopt the 
going concern basis. In making this assessment the Directors have considered the following:
•  The resilient historic trading performance of the Group;
•  Budgets and cash flow forecasts for the period to December 2025;
•  The current financial position of the Group, including its cash and cash equivalents balances 

The Company’s shares were admitted to trading on AIM, a market operated by the London  
Stock Exchange, on 8 August 2017. The principal activities of Strix Group Plc and its subsidiaries 
(together ‘the Group’) are the design, manufacture and supply of kettle safety controls and other 
components and devices involving water heating and temperature control, steam management, 
water filtration and small household appliances for personal health and wellness. 

2.  Material accounting policies
The Group’s material accounting policies, all of which have been applied consistently to all of the 
years presented, are set out below.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting 
Standards (IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretation Committee  
(IFRS IC) interpretations as adopted by the European Union. The financial statements have been 
prepared on the going concern basis.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use  
of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement  
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree  
of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the 
consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 3.

Historical cost convention
The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following:
•  Contingent consideration – measured at fair value.

Going concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis.

of £20.1m;

•  The availability of further funding by way of access to the AIM market afforded by the 

Company’s admission to AIM;

•  The low liquidity risk the Group is exposed to;
•  The fact that the Group operates within diverse sectors that are experiencing gradually 
increasing demand for its products as the world returns back to a ‘new normal’ in the 
aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, despite some offsetting impacts of the conflicts  
in Ukraine and the Middle East; and

•  That there has been minimal disruption to the Group’s manufacturing or supply chain.

Based on these considerations, the Directors have concluded that there are no material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on its ability to continue as a going concern and the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
As a result, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing 
the consolidated financial statements.

Standards, amendments and interpretations adopted
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for its annual 
reporting period commencing 1 January 2023:

• IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
This standard replaces IFRS 4, which currently permits a wide variety of practices in accounting 
for insurance contracts. IFRS 17 will fundamentally change the accounting by all entities that 
issue insurance contracts with discretionary participation features.

This standard does not have an impact on the Group as the Group has no contracts in scope  
for this standard. The Group has warranties provisions in relation to inventory, however, the 
warranties relating to manufacturing entities are excluded from the scope of IFRS 17 as they  
are covered by IFRS 15.

95

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Standards, amendments and interpretations adopted (continued)
• Definition of Accounting Estimates – amendments to IAS 8
The amendment to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors 
clarifies how companies should distinguish changes in accounting policies from changes in 
accounting estimates. The distinction is important, because changes in accounting estimates 
are applied prospectively to future transactions and other future events, whereas changes in 
accounting policies are generally applied retrospectively to past transactions and other past 
events as well as the current period.

•  Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – 

amendments to IAS 12

The amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes require companies to recognise deferred tax on 
transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal amounts of taxable and deductible 
temporary differences, and will require the recognition of additional deferred tax assets and liabilities.

The amendment should be applied to transactions that occur on or after the beginning of the 
earliest comparative period presented. In addition, entities should recognise deferred tax assets 
(to the extent that it is probable that they can be utilised) and deferred tax liabilities at the 
beginning of the earliest comparative period for all deductible and taxable temporary differences 
associated with:
•  Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities; and
•  Decommissioning, restoration and similar liabilities, and the corresponding amounts 

recognised as part of the cost of the related assets.

The cumulative effect of recognising these adjustments is recognised in the opening balance  
of retained earnings, or another component of equity, as appropriate.

• Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) amended IAS 1 Presentation of Financial 
Statements to require entities to disclose their material rather than their significant accounting 
policies. 

To support this amendment, the IASB also amended IFRS Practice Statement 2 Making Materiality 
Judgements to provide guidance on how to apply the concept of materiality to accounting 
policy disclosures.

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior 
periods and are not expected to significantly affect the current or future periods.

Standards, amendments and interpretations which are not effective  
or early adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not 
mandatory for 31 December 2023 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the 
Group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current  
or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and  
all of its subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which 
control commences and are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. The financial 
statements of all Group companies are adjusted, where necessary, to ensure the use of 
consistent accounting policies. 

Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group is exposed to  
or has the rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to 
affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. 
Consolidation of subsidiaries ceases from the date that control also ceases.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity 
and the consolidated statement of financial position, respectively.

The amendments define what is ‘material accounting policy information’ (being information that, 
when considered together with other information included in an entity’s financial statements, 
can reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general-purpose 
financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements) and explain how to identify 
when accounting policy information is material. 

They further clarify that immaterial accounting policy information does not need to be disclosed. 
If it is disclosed, it should not obscure material accounting information.

Joint ventures 
Joint ventures are joint arrangements of which the Group has joint control, with rights to the  
net assets of those arrangements. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control  
of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the 
unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. Interests in joint ventures are accounted for 
using the equity method of accounting (detailed below) after being recognised at cost in the 
consolidated statement of financial position. 

96

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20232.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Basis of consolidation (continued)
Equity method of accounting
Under the equity method of accounting, investments in joint ventures are initially recognised  
at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits  
or losses from the joint arrangement in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements  
in other comprehensive income of the joint arrangement in other comprehensive income. 
Dividends received from joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount  
of the investment.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is preliminary by the end of the reporting 
period in which the business combination occurs, provisional amounts are reported. Those 
provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period, or additional assets or 
liabilities recognised retrospectively where material to reflect the new information obtained 
about facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date, and if known, would  
have affected the measurement of assets and liabilities recognised at that date. Contingent 
consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in profit 
or loss.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated  
to the extent of the Group’s interest in these entities.

The carrying amount of equity-accounted investments is tested for impairment in accordance 
with the impairment of assets policy as described below in this note.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 
Intra-group balances, and any gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group 
transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations 
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition 
date with the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries being measured at their fair values. Any excess 
of the cost of acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised 
as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the 
business acquired, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase. 
The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:
•  The fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
•  The recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
• 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the pre-existing interest  
in the acquiree; less

•  The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business 
combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition 
date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an acquisition-
by-acquisition basis at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the fair value of the 
acquired entity’s net identifiable assets. Transaction costs that the Group incurs in connection 
with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

Foreign currency translation 
Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial information of each of the Group’s entities are measured using  
the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional 
currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pound Sterling, which is Strix 
Group Plc’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange 
rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions, and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at year-end exchange rates, are recognised in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income within cost of sales.

Group companies 
The results and financial position of foreign operations that have a functional currency different 
from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
•  Assets, including intangible assets and goodwill arising on acquisition of those foreign 

• 

operations, and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated  
at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position, or at historic rates for 
certain line items;
Income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income presented are translated 
at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative 
effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses  
are translated at the dates of the transactions); and

•  All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income. Such 

translation differences are reclassified to profit or loss only on disposal or partial disposal of 
the foreign operation.

97

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Property, plant and equipment 
Initial recognition and measurement
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation  
and impairment losses. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs 
attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. When parts of an 
item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the components are accounted 
for as separate items. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, 
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item 
will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Repairs and maintenance 
are charged to profit or loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Subsequent measurement
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the assets,  
net of any residual values, over their estimated useful lives. 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the assets,  
net of any residual values, over their estimated useful lives as follows:
•  Plant and machinery 
•  Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
•  Motor vehicles   
•  Production tools 
•  Right-of-use assets 
•  Land and buildings 
•  Point-of-use dispensers   

3–25 years
2–10 years
3–5 years
1–10 years
2–8 years
50 years 
4–10 years

Derecognition
Property, plant and equipment assets are derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic 
benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of property, 
plant and equipment, measured as the difference between net disposal proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
on derecognition.

Impairment
Tangible assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events  
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An 
impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use. 

Intangible assets 
Initial recognition and measurement
The Group’s intangible assets relate to goodwill, capitalised development costs, intellectual 
property, customer relationships, brands and computer software. Goodwill is the excess of the 
consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
in a business combination and relates to assets which are not capable of being individually 
identified and separately recognised. Goodwill acquired is allocated to those cash-generating 
units (CGUs) expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. 
Goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is held in the 
functional currency of the acquired entity to which it relates and remeasured at the closing 
exchange rate at the end of each reporting period, with the movement taken through other 
comprehensive income. The CGUs represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill 
is monitored for internal management purposes. 

The Group manufactures some of its production tools and equipment. The costs of construction 
are included within a separate category within property, plant and equipment (‘assets under 
construction’) until the tools and equipment are ready for use at which point the costs are 
transferred to the relevant asset category and depreciated. Any items that are scrapped are 
written off to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.

Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point  
at which the asset is ready for use. Internal costs that are incurred during the development of 
significant and separately identifiable new products and manufacturing techniques for use in  
the business are capitalised when the following criteria are met:
• 
•  Management intends to complete the project and use or sell it;
• 
It can be demonstrated how the project will develop probable future economic benefits;
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the project and to use or sell 

It is technically feasible to complete the project so that it will be available for use;

Fixtures, fittings and other equipment includes computer hardware.

the project output are available; and

•  Expenditure attributable to the project during its development can be reliably measured.

98

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Intangible assets (continued)
Capitalised development costs include employee, travel and other directly attributable costs 
necessary to create, produce and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner 
intended by management. Refer to note 6(a) for details.

Intellectual property is capitalised where it is probable that future economic benefits associated 
with the patent will flow to the Group, and the cost can be measured reliably. The costs of renewing 
and maintaining patents are expensed in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as 
they are incurred.

Customer relationships, intellectual property and brands are recognised on acquisitions where  
it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group.

Computer software is only capitalised when it is probable that future economic benefits associated 
with the software will flow to the Group, and the cost of the software can be measured reliably. 
Computer software that is integral to an item of property, plant and equipment is included as part  
of the cost of the asset recognised in property, plant and equipment. 

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense 
as incurred.

Subsequent measurement
The Group amortises intangible assets with a limited useful life using the straight-line method 
over the following periods:
•  Capitalised development costs 
Intellectual property 
• 
•  Technology and software 
•  Customer relationships 
•  Brands 
•  Goodwill 

2–10 years
Lower of useful or legal life
2–10 years
10–15 years
Indefinite useful life
Indefinite useful life

The useful lives for customer relationships have been updated to include those relating to Billi 
post finalisation of the fair values on acquisition. Customer relationships in the prior year were 
amortised over 10–13 years. 

Brands have an indefinite useful life because there is no foreseeable limit on the period during 
which the Group expects to consume the future economic benefits embodied in the asset. 

The LAICA brand has been trading since inception and has been a well recognisable brand 
amongst the Group’s trading partners, and the Group does not foresee a time limit by when  
these partnerships will cease.

The Billi brand is a well-established and competitive brand, being one of the top two brands  
in the Australian and New Zealand markets, and well recognised in the UK among residential  
and commercial clientele. The Group does not foresee a time limit by when this market presence 
will cease. 

Amortisation is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful lives above. 

Derecognition
Intangible assets are derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are 
expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of intangible assets, 
measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of  
the asset, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income when the 
asset is derecognised. Where a subsidiary is sold, any goodwill arising on acquisition, net of any 
impairment, is included in determining the profit or loss arising on disposal. 

Impairment
Intangible assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An 
impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use. 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation 
and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that they might be impaired.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds 
its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs  
of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped  
at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). 
Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible 
reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

99

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Intangible assets (continued)
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives impairment assessments
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives arising on business combinations are allocated to 
the relevant CGU and are treated as the foreign operation’s assets.

Impairment reviews are performed at least annually, or more frequently if there are indicators that 
the assets or goodwill might be impaired. The Group has assessed the carrying values of goodwill 
and brands to determine whether any amounts have been impaired. The recoverable amount of 
the underlying CGU was based on a value in use model where future cash flows were discounted 
using a weighted average cost of capital as the discount rate with terminal values calculated 
applying a long-term growth rate. In determining the recoverable amount, the Group considered 
several sources of estimation uncertainty and made certain assumptions or judgements about 
the future. Future events could cause the assumptions used in the impairment review to change 
with an impact on the results and net position of the Group.

Leases
The leasing activities of the Group and how these are accounted for
The Group leases office space, workshops, warehouses, motor vehicles and factory space. 
Rental contracts are typically made for periods of 3–10 years, but may have extension options. 
Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and 
conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be 
used as security for borrowing purposes.

Leases are recognised as right-of-use assets and a corresponding liability at the date at which 
the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between  
the liability, finance costs and foreign exchange (where the lease is denominated in a foreign 
currency). The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a 
constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The 
right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term  
on a straight-line basis.

Measurement of future lease liabilities
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Future 
lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:
•  Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
•  Variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
•  Amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

•  The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that 

options; and

•  The payment of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee 

exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot 
be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the 
funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic 
environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the lease period so as to produce a 
constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Measurement of right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
•  The amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
•  Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease  

incentives received;

•  Any initial direct costs; and
•  Restoration costs. 

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the 
lease term on a straight-line basis.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised  
on a straight-line basis as an expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise 
primarily IT equipment.

Extension and termination options
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property leases across the Group. 
These terms are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing contracts. 

Lease income
Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor, and where substantially all the 
risks and rewards associated with the leased asset remain with the Group, is recognised in other 
income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

100

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20232.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Financial assets
Classification
The Group classifies its financial assets as financial assets held at amortised cost. Management 
determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

The Group classifies its financial assets as at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria 
are met:
•  The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash 

flows; and

•  The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and 

interest.

Financial assets held at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value, and are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Financial assets at amortised cost 
comprise cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments 
and the advance purchase of commodities). Trade receivables are amounts due from customers 
for products sold performed in the ordinary course of business. They are due for settlement 
either on a cash in advance basis, or generally within 45 days, and are therefore all classified  
as current. Other receivables generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating 
activities of the Group.

Impairment of financial assets 
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its 
debt instruments carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on 
whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

The Group applies the expected credit loss model to financial assets at amortised cost. For  
trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires 
expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. Given the 
nature of the Group’s receivables, expected lifetime losses are not material.

Financial liabilities
With the exception of contingent consideration, the Group initially recognises its financial 
liabilities at fair value net of transaction costs where applicable and subsequently they are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Financial liabilities comprise 
trade payables, payments in advance from customers and other liabilities. They are initially 
recognised at transaction price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, 
where the debt instrument is measured at the present value of the future payments discounted 
at a market rate of interest. Contingent consideration is measured at fair value with changes in 
fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the 
ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities  
if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. 
Other liabilities include rebates.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs or arrangement fees, including option-type arrangements, are recognised initially 
at fair value. Borrowing costs including option-type borrowing arrangements are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. The establishment of such option-type arrangements are recognised 
as a ‘right to borrow’ asset, and together with other borrowing costs or arrangement fees are 
amortised over the period of the facilities to which the fees relate, and are deducted from the 
carrying value of the financial liability. 

General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction 
or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to 
complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that 
necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale. Investment 
income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings, pending their expenditure on 
qualifying assets, is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. Other borrowing 
costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with a maturity of three 
months or less. While cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements 
of IFRS 9, impairment losses are not material.

Employee benefits 
The Group provides a range of benefits to employees, including annual bonus arrangements,  
paid holiday entitlements and defined benefit and contribution pension plans.

Short-term benefits
Short-term benefits, including holiday pay and similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised  
as an expense in the period in which the service is rendered. The Group recognises a liability and 
an expense for bonuses where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has 
created a constructive obligation.

101

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Employee benefits (continued)
Pensions
Subsidiary companies operate both defined contribution and defined benefit plans for the 
benefit of their employees. 

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into 
a separate entity. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions  
if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee 
service in the current and prior periods. The Group has no further payment obligations once 
the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense 
when they are due. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan. 

Typically, defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will 
receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors, such as age, years of service 
or compensation.

The liability recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position in respect of the 
defined benefit scheme is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement  
of financial position date less the fair value of the scheme assets, together with adjustments for 
unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service costs. The defined benefit obligation  
is calculated by qualified independent actuaries using the projected unit method. The present 
value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash 
outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the 
currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to  
the terms of the related pension liability.

Share-based payments
The Group has issued conditional equity-settled share-based options and conditional share 
awards under a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) in the parent company to certain employees. 
Under the LTIP, the Group receives services from employees as consideration for equity 
instruments of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange  
for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense. 

The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the 
options granted:
• 

Including any market performance conditions such as the requirement for the Group’s shares 
to be above a certain price for a pre-determined period;

•  Excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions, 

including earnings per share targets, dividend targets, and remaining an employee of the 
Group over a specified period of time; and
Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions, where relevant.

• 

These awards are measured at fair value on the date of the grant using an option pricing model 
and expensed in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period, after making an allowance for the estimated number of shares that will 
not vest. The level of vesting is reviewed and adjusted bi-annually in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, at a minimum, an expense is recognised  
as if the terms had not been modified. An additional expense is recognised for any modification  
that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment, or is otherwise beneficial to the 
employee, as measured at the date of modification.

The net pension finance cost is determined by applying the discount rate, used to measure the 
defined benefit pension obligation at the beginning of the accounting period, to the net pension 
obligation at the beginning of the accounting period taking into account any changes in the net 
pension obligation during the period as a result of cash contributions and benefit payments. 

If an equity award is cancelled by forfeiture, where the vesting conditions (other than market 
conditions) have not been met, any expense not yet recognised for that award as at the date of 
forfeiture is treated as if it had never been recognised. At the same time, any expense previously 
recognised on such cancelled equity awards is reversed, effective as at the date of forfeiture.

Pension scheme expenses are charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
within administrative expenses. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Net defined benefit pension scheme deficits 
before tax relief are presented separately in the consolidated statement of financial position 
within non-current liabilities. 

The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding options is included in the calculation of diluted earnings 
per share.

Further details on the awards is included in note 23. 

102

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20232.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Inventories
Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods which are valued at the lower of cost  
and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost formula. Cost 
comprises expenditure which has been incurred in the normal course of business in bringing  
the products to their present location and condition including applicable supplier rebates, and 
include all related production and engineering overheads at cost. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable selling expenses.  
At the end of each reporting period, inventories are assessed for impairment. If inventory is 
impaired, the identified inventory is reduced to its selling price less costs to complete and an 
impairment charge is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Supplier rebates 
The Group enters into agreements with suppliers whereby volume-related allowances and 
various other fees and discounts are received in connection with the purchase of goods from 
those suppliers. Most of the income received from suppliers relates to commercially agreed 
rebates based on historic sales volumes.

Rebates are recognised when earned by the Group, which occurs when all obligations conditional 
for earning income have been discharged, and the income can be measured reliably based on the 
terms of the contract. The income is recognised as a credit within cost of sales. 

Where the income earned relates to inventories which are held by the Group at the year end, the 
income is included within the cost of those inventories, and recognised in cost of sales upon sale 
of those inventories. Amounts due relating to supplier rebates are recognised within trade and 
other receivables.

Revenue 
The Group primarily recognises revenue from the sale of goods and services to its customers as 
well as from licensing arrangements. The transaction price is based on the sales agreement with 
the customer. Revenue is reported net of sales taxes, discounts, rebates and after eliminating 
intra-group sales. Rebates are based on a certain volume of purchases by a customer within a 
given period and are recognised on an expected value approach.

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled  
in a contract with a customer and is recognised when the performance obligations have been 
fulfilled. The Group recognises revenue from the sale of goods and services either at a point in 
time or over time, based on the nature of the contract terms. The Group recognises revenue from 
three main categories namely Strix Controls, Premium Filtration Systems and Consumer Goods. 

Strix Controls
The performance obligation is the delivery of the goods to customers, and revenue is recognised 
on dispatch, otherwise it is recognised when the products have been shipped to a specific 
location, or when the risks of obsolescence and loss have been transferred to the Original 
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) or wholesaler. All of the amounts recognised as revenue are 
based on contracts with customers. No element of financing is deemed present because the 
sales are made under normal credit terms, which is consistent with market price. 

Payment terms for the majority of customers in this category are to pay cash in advance of the 
goods being delivered. The Group recognises the advance payments within trade and other 
payables on the consolidated statement of financial position as ‘Payments in advance from 
customers’. At the point the revenue is recognised, these balances are transferred from 
‘Payments in advance from customers’ to revenue. For the majority of other customers  
payment is normally due within 30 to 45 days from the date of sale.

Premium Filtration Systems 
The Group recognises revenue from the following major sources under premium water filtration 
system categories:

· Sale of point-of-use water and coffee machines
Revenue from the sale of point-of-use water and coffee machines is recognised once control  
of the goods has been transferred to the customer.

· Rental of point-of-use dispensers and coffee machines
Rental income is made up of revenue from the supply of goods where the Group is lessor in an 
operating lease and is recognised over time, with the transaction price allocated to this service 
released on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. Included in the transaction price 
for the rental of dispensers, in some contracts, is the installation of those dispensers. The rental 
and installation elements of the contract are considered to be one deliverable, as they are 
highly interrelated, and therefore there is no allocation of a portion of the transaction price  
to the installation.

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of  
the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease 
(except where immaterial) are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Commissions on new contracts are capitalised and 
depreciated over one and a half times the initial lease term. 

103

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Revenue (continued)
Rental agreements run for a minimum period of 12 months and typically for three to five years. 
Some rental agreements have no fixed end date and may be cancelled by either party subject  
to a minimum notice period or early termination penalty. The average useful economic life for a 
point-of-use water device is approximately four to ten years whilst refurbishment can extend the 
life of some devices to 11 years or more. For this reason, existing rental agreements are not judged 
to transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. 

Licensing income
The Group holds a substantial portfolio of issued and registered intellectual property rights 
relating to certain aspects of its hardware devices, accessories, goods, software and services. 
This includes patents, designs, copyrights, trademarks and other forms of intellectual property 
rights registered in the UK and various foreign countries. 

From time to time, the Group enters into term-based and exclusive licensing arrangements with 
some of its customers in respect of its intellectual property. 

· Servicing of point-of-use units
Sale of services are recognised proportionally over the duration of the service period, provided  
a right to consideration has been established.

· Sale of consumables
Revenue from the sale of consumables is recognised once control of the goods has been 
transferred to the customer.

The licensing income is recognised at a point in time or over time based on the following 
assessment. Where the licensing arrangement is a distinct performance obligation, management 
assess whether the licensing contract gives the customer either:
•  The right to access the Group’s intellectual property as it exists throughout the licence 

period; or

•  The right to use the Group’s intellectual property as it exists at the point in time at which the 

licence is granted. 

Combined rental and service contracts
The Group has in place some contracts that cover both the rental and servicing and maintenance 
of dispensers. The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation to reflect the 
amount of consideration to which the Group is entitled to, in exchange for transferring the 
promised goods or services to the customer. The Group allocates combined rental and service 
income to the separate rental and service categories based on a percentage allocation method, 
which is calculated for each business unit. The percentage allocation, which is recalculated 
periodically, is based on the transaction price being allocated to each performance obligation  
in proportion to its stand-alone selling price.

Consumer Goods
Sales are either ‘direct’ to the end user customers or ‘indirect’ to wholesale and retail distributors. 
Revenue from the supply of goods is recognised once control of the goods has been transferred 
to the customer, being when goods have been delivered to a customer site or in the case of 
indirect sales, when the goods have been delivered to the wholesale distributor. 

Deferred revenue
Revenue recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income but not yet 
invoiced is held in the statement of financial position within ‘Trade receivables’. Revenue invoiced 
but not yet recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is held on the 
consolidated statement of financial position within ‘Payments in advance from customers’.

Revenue from a licensing contract which is considered to provide a right to the customer to 
access the Group’s intellectual property as it exists throughout the licence period is recognised 
over time, as and when the related performance obligation is satisfied. 

A licensing contract gives the customer the right to access the Group’s intellectual property as it 
exists throughout the license period when all the following are met: 
•  The contract requires, or the customer reasonably expects, that we will undertake activities 

that significantly affect the intellectual property to which the customer has rights; 

•  The rights granted by the licence directly expose the customer to any positive or negative 

effects of the entity’s activities identified above; and 

•  Those activities do not result in the transfer of a good or a service to the customer as those 

activities occur. 

Revenue relating to a licensing contract which does not meet the above criteria is recognised at 
a point in time, which is usually the point at which the licence is granted to the customer but not 
before the beginning of the period during which the customer is able to use and benefit from 
the licence.

104

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20232.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Cost of sales
Cost of sales comprise costs arising in connection with the manufacture of thermostatic controls, 
cordless interfaces, and other products such as water dispensers, taps, jugs and filters. Cost is 
based on the cost of purchases on a first in, first out basis and includes all direct costs and an 
appropriate portion of fixed and variable overheads where they are directly attributable to bringing 
the inventories into their present location and condition. This also includes an allocation of 
non-production overheads, costs of designing products for specific customers and amortisation 
of capitalised development costs. 

Research and development
Research expenditure is written off to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
within cost of sales in the year in which it is incurred. Development expenditure is written off in the 
same way unless the Directors are satisfied as to the technical, commercial and financial viability 
of the individual projects. In this situation, the expenditure is classified on the consolidated 
statement of financial position as a capitalised development cost.

Finance income
Finance income comprises bank interest receivable on funds invested. Finance income is 
recognised using the effective interest rate method. 

Finance costs
Finance costs directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of a qualifying asset are 
capitalised. Qualifying assets are those that necessarily take a substantial period of time to 
prepare for their intended use. All other borrowing cost are recognised in the consolidated 
statement of income in finance costs. Finance costs comprise interest charges on lease 
liabilities, interest on borrowings, the unwind of discounts on the present value of liabilities,  
and finance charges relating to letters of credit. Finance costs are determined using the  
effective interest rate method. 

Income tax 
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date in the countries 
where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income, and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to 
items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is  
also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the 
initial recognition of goodwill. 

Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, 
affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using  
tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting 
period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the 
deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be 
available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the 
carrying amount and tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the Company is able 
to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
current tax assets and liabilities and where the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation 
authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable 
right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the 
liability simultaneously.

Share capital and share premium
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue  
of new ordinary shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds. Share premium 
arising on the issue of shares is distributable. Share capital and share premium have been 
grouped for the purposes of financial statement presentation. 

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the case of interim dividends to 
equity shareholders, this is when declared by the Directors. In the case of final dividends, this is 
when approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

105

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

2.  Material accounting policies (continued)
Segment reporting 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided  
to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible  
for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments, has been 
identified as the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors consists of the Executive Directors 
and the Non-Executive Directors. 

Warranty provisions
The Group provides warranties for general repairs of defects that existed at the time of sale, as 
required by law. Provisions related to these warranties are recognised when the product is sold, 
or the service is provided to the customer. Initial recognition is based on historical experience 
which may vary due to the use of new materials, changes in manufacturing processes or 
other developments that affect product quality. The estimate of warranty-related costs is 
revised annually. 

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA – non-GAAP alternative performance measures
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted earnings before interest, 
taxation, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) and adjusted EBITDA when assessing the 
operating performance of the Group. Adjusting items are excluded from EBITDA to calculate 
adjusted EBITDA. The Directors primarily use the adjusted EBITDA measure when making 
decisions about the Group’s activities.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures and may not be calculated in the same way 
and hence may not be directly comparable to those reported by other entities. In determining the 
adjusting items, the following criteria are considered:
• 

If a certain event (defined as adjusting) had not occurred, the costs would not have been 
incurred or the income would not have been earned; or 

•  The costs attributable to the event have been identified using a reliable methodology of 

splitting amounts on an ongoing basis; and 

•  Economic resources have been expended or diverted in order to directly contribute towards 

the related activities; and 

•  Costs have been incurred that cannot be recovered due to the event and the related activities.

An item is treated as adjusting if it relates to certain costs or income that derive from events or 
transactions that fall within the normal activities of the Group but which, individually or, if of a 
similar type, in aggregate, are excluded from the Group’s alternative performance measures by 
virtue of their nature or size, in order to better reflect management’s view of the underlying 
trends and operating performance of the Group that is more comparable over time. 

Government grants
Subsidiary companies receive grants from the Isle of Man and Chinese governments towards 
revenue and capital expenditure. Government grants are recognised at their fair value where 
there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attached conditions 
complied with. 

Revenue grants are recognised as income over the period necessary to match the grant on a 
systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate. The grant income is presented 
within other operating income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Capital grants are initially recognised as deferred income liabilities when received, and 
subsequently recognised as other income in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the 
useful life of the related asset. The grants are dependent on the subsidiary company having 
fulfilled certain operating, investment and profitability criteria in the financial year, primarily 
relating to employment. 

Provisions 
General
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a 
result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits 
will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of  
the obligation. When the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example, 
under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only 
when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented  
in the statement of profit or loss net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of 
money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, when 
appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost. 

106

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20233.  Critical accounting judgements and estimates
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 2, the Directors 
are required to make judgements (other than those involving estimations) that have a significant 
impact on the amounts recognised and to make estimates and assumptions about the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are 
considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates. There is no change in 
applying accounting policies for critical accounting estimates and judgements from the prior year.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision 
affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects 
both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the entity’s accounting policies
Functional currency
The Directors consider the factors set out in paragraphs 9, 10 and 11 of IAS 21, ‘The effects of 
changes in foreign currency’ to determine the appropriate functional currency of its overseas 
operations. These factors include the currency that mainly influences sales prices, labour, 
material and other costs, the competitive market serviced, financing cash flows and the  
degree of autonomy granted to the subsidiaries.

The Directors have applied judgement in determining the most appropriate functional currency 
for all entities to be Pound Sterling, with the exception of Strix (Hong Kong) Ltd which has a Hong 
Kong Dollar functional currency, Strix (USA), Inc. which has a United States Dollar functional 
currency, HaloSource Water Purification Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd which has a Chinese 
Yuan functional currency, LAICA S.p.A. and LAICA Iberia Distribution S.L. which both have a Euro 
functional currency, and LAICA International Corp. and Taiwan LAICA Corp. which both have a 
Taiwan Dollar functional currency, Billi Australia (Pty) Ltd which has an Australian Dollar functional 
currency and Billi New Zealand Ltd which has a New Zealand Dollar functional currency. This may 
change as the Group’s operations and markets change in the future.

Capitalisation of development costs
The Directors consider the factors set out in the paragraphs entitled ‘Intangible assets – initial 
recognition and measurement’ in note 2 with regard to the timing of the capitalisation of the 
development costs incurred. This requires judgement in determining when the different stages 
of development have been met.

Alternative performance measures – Adjusting items
Management and the Board consider the quantitative and qualitative factors in classifying items 
as adjusting and exercise judgement in determining the adjustments to apply to IFRS measures. 
This assessment covers the nature of the item, cause of occurrence, frequency, predictability  
of occurrence of the item or related event, and the scale of the impact of that item on reported 
performance. Reversals of previous adjusting items are assessed based on the same criteria. 

An analysis of the adjusting items included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income is disclosed in note 6(b). 

Critical estimates in applying the entity’s accounting policies
There are no estimates in the financial statements where a reasonably possible change in the 
next year could be expected to result in a material change to amounts recognised. However,  
an area of estimation performed by management in the year which is relevant to the financial 
statements is disclosed below.

Impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets and goodwill
Determining whether goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are impaired requires an 
estimation of the value in use or the fair value less costs to sell of the CGU to which the goodwill 
or intangible asset has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires management’s 
estimation of the future cash flows expected to arise from the CGU. Refer to note 11 for the 
sensitivity analysis of the assumptions used in the impairment analysis of goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite lives.

4.  Segmental reporting 
Management has determined the operating segments based on the operating reports reviewed 
by the Board of Directors that are used to assess both performance and strategic decisions. 
Management has identified that the Board of Directors is the chief operating decision maker  
in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8 Operating Segments. 

The Group’s activities consist of the design, manufacture and sale of thermostatic controls, 
cordless interfaces, and other products such as water dispensers, jugs, filters, water heating  
and temperature control, steam management, water filtration and small household appliances 
for personal health and wellness, primarily to OEMs, commercial and residential customers based 
in China, Italy, Australia, New Zealand and the UK. 

107

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

4.  Segmental reporting (continued)
During the current year, the Board of Directors established a new divisional reporting structure  
to capitalise on attractive growth opportunities in its end markets. The Board of Directors  
has identified three reportable segments from a product perspective, namely: Strix Controls, 
Premium Filtration Systems (primarily Billi products), and Consumer Goods (made up of water 
products and appliances). The Board of Directors primarily uses a measure of gross profit to 
assess the performance of the operating segments, broken down into revenue and cost of sales 
for each respective segment which is reported to them on a monthly basis. Information about 
segment revenue is disclosed below, as well as in note 7.

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Adjusted gross profit*

2022  
(£000s)

Strix  
Controls

68,243
(40,306)

27,937

Premium 
Filtration  
Systems

3,224
(2,083)

Consumer  
Goods

35,453
(23,006)

Total

106,920
(65,395)

1,141

12,447

41,525

*  Adjusted gross profit excludes adjusting items as detailed in note 6(b). Adjusted results are non-GAAP metrics used by 

management and are not an IFRS disclosure.

Below is the geographical analysis of revenue from external customers.

Country

Australia
China
Italy
UK
Others

Total

2023
£000s

26,985
67,989
14,478
16,376
18,758

2022
£000s

1,814
70,142
14,749
6,173
14,042

144,586

106,920

Assets and liabilities
No analysis of the assets and liabilities of each operating segment is provided to the Board of 
Directors as part of monthly management reporting. Therefore, no analysis of segmented assets 
or liabilities is disclosed in this note. 

Reported gross profit

2023 
(£000s)

Strix  
Controls

70,102
(42,787)

Premium 
Filtration  
Systems

42,106
(22,859)

27,315

19,247

Consumer  
Goods

32,378
(21,851)

10,527

Total

144,586
(87,497)

57,089

Reported gross profit

2022  
(£000s)

Strix  
Controls

68,243
(41,108)

27,135

Premium 
Filtration  
Systems

3,224
(2,263)

961

Consumer  
Goods

35,453
(22,871)

12,582

Total

106,920
(66,242)

40,678

Adjusted gross profit*

2023 
(£000s)

Strix  
Controls

70,102
(42,746)

Premium 
Filtration  
Systems

42,106
(22,825)

Consumer  
Goods

32,378
(21,827)

Total

144,586
(87,398)

27,356

19,281

10,551

57,188

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

108

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
4.  Segmental reporting (continued)
Non-current assets (i) attributed to country of domicile and (ii) attributable  
to all other foreign countries
In accordance with IFRS 8, the following table discloses the non-current assets located in both 
the Company’s country of domicile (the Isle of Man) and foreign countries, primarily China, 
Italy, Australia, New Zealand and the UK where the Group’s principle subsidiaries are domiciled.

Country of domicile 
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

Total country of domicile non-current assets

Foreign countries 
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

Total foreign non-current assets

Total non-current assets

2023
£000s

2022
£000s

13,084
2,599

15,683

60,325
43,616

103,941

119,624

11,354 
3,151 

14,505 

62,020 
44,213 

106,233 

120,738

Major customers
In 2023, there was one major customer that accounted for at least 10% of total revenues 
(FY 2022: one customer). The revenue relating to this customer in 2023 was £16,938,000 
(FY 2022: £13,587,000).

5.  Employees and Directors 
(a)  Employee benefit expenses 

Wages and salaries
Defined contribution pension cost (note 5(c)(i))

Employee benefit expenses

Share-based payment transactions (note 23)

Total employee benefit expenses

2023
£000s

36,976
1,352

38,328

380

38,708

2022
£000s

27,500
782

28,282

(491)

27,791

(b)  Key management compensation 
The following table details the aggregate compensation paid in respect of the key management, 
which includes the Directors and the members of the Divisional Management, representing 
members of the senior management team from all key departments of the Group.

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payment transactions

2023
£000s

2,179
175
146
57

2,557

2022
£000s

2,069
181
74
(348)

1,976

There are no defined benefit schemes for key management. Pension costs under defined 
contribution schemes are included in the post-employment benefits disclosed above. 

(c)  Retirement benefits 
(i)  The Strix Limited Retirement Fund
The Strix Limited Retirement Fund is a defined contribution scheme under which the assets of 
the scheme are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. 
The pension cost charge represents costs payable by the Group to the fund and amounted to 
£1,352,000 (FY 2022: £782,000). 

(ii)  LAICA S.p.A. Termination Indemnity
LAICA S.p.A. operates a defined benefit plan for its employees in accordance with the Italian 
Termination Indemnity (named ‘Trattamento di Fine Rapporto’ or ‘TFR’) provisions defined by the 
National Civil Code (Article 2120). In accordance with IAS 19, the TFR provision is a defined benefit 
plan, which is based on the principle to allocate the final cost of benefits over the periods of 
service which give rise to an accrual of deferred rights under each particular benefit plan. 

The calculation of the liability is based on both the length of service and on the remuneration 
received by the employee during that period of service. Article 2120 states that severance pay is 
due to the employee by the companies in any case of termination of the employment contract. 
For each year of service, severance pay accruals are based on total annual compensation divided 
by 13.05. Although the benefit is paid in full by the employer, part (0.5% of pay) of the annual 
accrual is paid to INPS by the employer, and is subtracted from the severance pay accruals for the 
contribution reference period. As of 31 December of every year, the severance pay accrued as of 
31 December of the preceding year is revalued by an index stipulated by law as follows: 1.5% plus 
75% of the increase over the last 12 months in the consumer price index, as determined by the 
Italian Statistical Institute.

109

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

5.  Employees and Directors (continued)
In accordance with IAS 19, the determination of the present value of the liability is carried out by  
an independent actuary under the projected unit method. This method considers each period of 
service provided by workers at the company as a unit of additional right. The actuarial liability must 
therefore be quantified based on seniority reached at the valuation date and re-proportioned 
based on the ratio between the years of service accrued at the reference date of the assessment 
and the overall seniority reached at the time scheduled for the payment of the benefit. 
Furthermore, this method provides to consider future salary increases, due to any cause (inflation, 
career, contract renewals, etc.), up to the time of termination of the employment relationship.

6.  Expenses 
(a)  Expenses by nature

Employee benefit expense (note 5(a))
Depreciation charges 
Amortisation and impairment charges
Adjusting items (see below)
Foreign exchange losses

2023
£000s

38,328
5,341
2,104
4,226
530

2022
£000s

28,282
4,201 
2,063 
5,948 
188 

The below table summarises the defined benefit pension liability of LAICA S.p.A. at  
31 December 2023:

Liability as at 1 January
Current service cost for the period
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Liability as at 31 December

The key actuarial assumptions used in arriving at these figures include:
•  Annual discount rate of 3.17% (FY 2022: 3.77%).
•  Annual price inflation of 2.0% (FY 2022: 2.3%).
•  Annual TFR increase of 3.0% (FY 2022: 3.2%).
•  Demographic assumptions based on INPS published data.

2023 
£000s

832
(16)
(14)

802

2022 
£000s

897
(113)
48

832

The remainder of the post-employment benefit liability of £86,000 (FY 2022: £85,000) as at 
31 December 2023 is made up of contractual post-employment liabilities within LAICA S.p.A.  
that do not meet the definition of a defined benefit plan in accordance with IAS 19.

Research and development expenditure totalled £4,485,000 (FY 2022: £4,888,000), and 
£3,870,000 (FY 2022: £3,326,000) of development costs have been capitalised during the year.

(b)  Adjusting items
Adjusting items are excluded from our adjusted results by virtue of their nature, cause and 
predictability of occurrence, frequency, and scale of impact on underlying performance in order 
to better reflect management’s view of the underlying trends and operating performance of the 
Group that is more comparable over time. Total adjusting items charged against reported profit 
after tax in the current year are £3,897,000 (FY 2022: £6,128,000).

The main categories of adjusting items in the current year relate to major adjusting events or 
projects impacting the Group’s underlying operations, namely strategic projects relating to 
mergers and acquisitions with particular reference to the acquisition of Billi in 2022 and its 
continued integration into the Group in the current year. Other adjusting items relate to 
reorganisation and restructuring projects, the Group’s share incentive initiatives for conditional 
share options and awards issued to certain employees of the Group (refer to note 23 for further 
details), amortisation charges on intangibles assets recognised in accordance with IFRS 3 
Business Combinations on any acquisitions as defined therein, and the related deferred tax 
implications on these aforementioned intangible assets which were charged or recognised in 
reported profit after tax.

110

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
6.  Expenses (continued)
Adjusting items have been broken down as follows:

Adjusting items in cost of sales:
COVID-19 related costs
Reorganisation and restructuring costs

Adjusting items in administrative expenses:
Share-based payments
Mergers and acquisitions related costs
COVID-19 related costs
Disaster recovery
Reorganisation and restructuring costs
Amortisation charges on acquired intangible assets

Total adjusting items before depreciation, finance cost 
and taxes
Amortisation charges on acquired intangible assets

Total adjusting items (before finance costs and taxation 
charges/(credits))

Adjusting items in finance costs:
Unwinding discount on LAICA contingent consideration 
(performance earn-out)

Adjusting items in taxation charges/(credits):
Deferred taxation credits relating to acquired intangible assets

Total adjusting items

2023
£000s

–
99

99

380
2,073
14
–
399
1,261

4,127

2,965
1,261

2022
£000s

485
362

847

(491)
3,992
673
377
550
–

5,101

5,948
–

4,226

5,948

–

–

(329)

(329)

3,897

180

180

–

–

6,128

Included within adjusting items in administrative expenses are amortisation charges on intangible 
assets recognised on acquisitions as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations. These amount to 
£1,261,000 in the current year (FY 2022: £nil). These amortisation charges have been included in 
note 11 relating to intangibles assets. In the current year, management reassessed the impact of 
amortisation charges on acquired intangible assets and concluded that these relate to historical 
inorganic business combinations and do not reflect the Group’s ongoing underlying trading 
performance. Therefore, these will be prospectively excluded when assessing the underlying 
performance of the Group, and will be included as adjusting items. The 2022 amounts of £210,000 
have not been restated.

Also included within adjusting items in taxation charges/(credits) are deferred tax movements  
on temporary differences relating to acquired intangible assets as defined in IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations. These amount to credits of £329,000 in the current year (FY 2022: £nil). These 
deferred tax credits have been included in note 9 relating to taxation. In the current year, 
management reassessed the impact of deferred tax credits on acquired intangible assets and 
concluded that these relate to historical inorganic business combinations and do not reflect the 
Group’s ongoing underlying trading performance. Therefore, these will be prospectively excluded 
when assessing the underlying performance of the Group, and will be included as adjusting 
items. 2022 amounts have not been restated.

Also included as an adjusting item are finance costs of £nil in the current year (FY 2022: 
£180,000). Costs incurred in the prior year related to the discount unwinding of the present 
values of contingent liabilities recognised on acquisition of LAICA S.p.A. in 2020. The contingent 
liabilities were fully matured at the beginning of the current year and were paid in the first quarter 
of 2023. No finance charges were incurred in the current year. These costs have been included in 
the prior year within finance costs in note 8.

Mergers and acquisitions adjusting items relate mainly to legal and consultancy fees, and other 
acquisition-related costs incurred on transition from previous shareholders and integration of 
the Billi entities into the Group. 

COVID-19 related adjusting items are those items that are incremental and directly attributable to 
COVID-19. These are costs that would not have been incurred if the COVID-19 pandemic had not 
occurred (and the consequent minor preventative measures and projects after the effects have 
largely receded). In the current year, these mainly consisted of immaterial consumables relating 
to additional cleaning and sanitation costs incurred as part of infection control or prevention.

111

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

6.  Expenses (continued)
Reorganisation and restructuring adjusting items in the current year mainly related to the Group 
internal divisional restructuring programmes particularly of our operating segments and divisions 
in order to realign our business and focus on our core competencies of technology, innovation, 
manufacturing excellence, quality and safety, so as to steer our valuable resources more towards 
profitable growth opportunities.

Disaster recovery costs related to staff and non-staff costs incurred in response to a cyber incident 
which occurred in February 2022. The Group engaged external specialists, took precautionary 
measures with its IT infrastructure and implemented its Business Continuity Plan. The systems 
were successfully restored and are fully operational. The Group continues to monitor its exposure.

(c)  Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group (including its subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the 
Company’s auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) LLC and other firms in the PwC network,  
as detailed below:

7.  Revenue
The following table shows a disaggregation of revenue into categories by product line:

Strix Controls
Premium Filtration Systems 
Consumer Goods

Total revenue

2023
£000s

70,102
42,106
32,378

2022
£000s

68,243
3,224
35,453

144,586

106,920

Included within revenue from Strix Controls is licensing fee income relating to intellectual property 
amounting to £852,000 (FY 2022: £nil). Included within revenue from Consumer Goods is licensing 
fee income relating to intellectual property amounting to £318,000 (FY 2022: £1,442,000).

8.  Finance costs 

Fees payable to Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit 
of the consolidated financial statements 
Fees payable to Company’s auditor and its associates for other 
services: 

– the audit of Company’s subsidiaries
– other assurance services
– tax compliance and other

2023
£000s

283

13
4
191

491

2022
£000s

245

8 
3 
5 

261

Letter of credit charges
Right-of-use lease interest
Discount unwinding of present value of contingent consideration
Borrowing costs

Total finance costs

2023
£000s

176
198
–
10,012

10,386

2022
£000s

94 
92 
180 
3,559 

3,925 

The discount unwinding of present value of contingent consideration in the prior year related to 
the contingent consideration on a performance earn-out recognised on acquisition of LAICA 
S.p.A. The amount has been included in finance costs as an adjusting item (refer to note 6).

Included within ‘other services’ are fees of £184,000 paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, UK in 
relation to integration costs of the Billi UK acquisition.

Audit fees of £70,000 (FY 2022: £68,000) were paid to non-PwC firms in connection with the 
audit of the Company’s subsidiaries.

112

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
9.  Taxation 

Reconciliation of the movement in deferred tax liabilities and assets has been presented below:

Analysis of charge/(credit) in year 

Current tax (overseas) and deferred tax
Current tax on overseas profits for the year
Adjustments to prior years’ overseas tax provisions
Movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities

Total tax charge/(credit)

2023
£000s

2,521
–
(978)

1,543

2022
£000s

491 
(1,323) 
27 

(805) 

Included in the movement of deferred tax liabilities are the deferred tax impact of temporary 
differences relating to intangible assets recognised on acquisitions as defined in IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations. These amount to credits of £329,000 in the current year (FY 2022: £nil). These 
deferred tax credits have been included in note 6(b) relating to adjusting items. 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Deferred tax liability on 1 January 
Deferred tax liabilities recognised on acquisition of Billi (note 14)
Prior year adjustments
Reversal of deferred tax on utilisation of temporary differences

Deferred tax liability as at 31 December 

2023
£000s

11,387
–
(180)
(903)

10,304

2022
£000s

2,303
9,011
–
73

11,387 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to intangible assets recognised on 
acquisition of LAICA in 2020 and Billi in 2022.

Overseas tax relates primarily to tax payable by the Group’s subsidiaries in China, Australia, 
New Zealand, Italy and the UK. 

Deferred tax assets:

In relation to the prior year’s tax provision adjustments, these related to tax provision releases in 
the Group’s Chinese subsidiary based on independent recommendations taken to convert from  
a contract processing model to an import processing model in 2019, which is a more acceptable 
tax model by Chinese tax authorities and largely in use by the majority of the OEMs in China. All 
potential tax provisions that had been made from 2015 to 2019 were deemed overly conservative, 
and were therefore released in the prior year as they were no longer needed after a tax certificate 
from the in-charge tax bureau in China was obtained which confirmed that all tax matters in the 
subsidiary had been settled. In addition, tax provision releases were also made in the prior year  
of withholdings taxes accrued for anticipated dividends payable by the Chinese subsidiary to its 
immediate holding company in the Isle of Man, after the Group’s management decided in the prior 
year to invest more towards the Chinese manufacturing facility in terms of capital expenditure, 
thereby keeping profits within the Chinese subsidiaries.

There were no tax provision releases in the current year.

Movement in the deferred tax assets and liabilities mainly related to the impact of taxable and 
deductible temporary differences with the Italian, Australian and New Zealand subsidiaries.

Deferred tax assets on 1 January 
Deferred tax assets recognised on acquisition of Billi
Reclassifications
Prior year adjustments
Deferred tax asset on utilisation of deductible temporary 
differences

Deferred tax asset as at 31 December 

2023
£000s

313
–
153
416

75

957

2022
£000s

258
8
–
–

47

313

The balance comprises temporary differences mainly attributable to provisions.

In the prior year, the deferred tax asset of £313,000 was included in trade and other receivables. 

113

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

The calculation of basic and diluted adjusted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Profit for the year 

Add back adjusting items included in (note 6(b)):
Cost of sales
Administrative expenses
Finance costs
Taxation credits

2023
£000s

16,203

99
4,127
–
(329)

2022
£000s

16,790

847
5,101
180
–

Adjusted earnings(1)

20,100

22,918

1  Adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share exclude adjusting items as explained in note 6. Adjusted results are 

non-GAAP metrics used by management and are not an IFRS disclosure.

The denominators used to calculate both basic and adjusted earnings per share are the same  
as those shown above for both basic and diluted earnings per share.

9.  Taxation (continued)
As the most significant subsidiary in the Group is based in the Isle of Man, this is considered to 
represent the most relevant standard rate for the Group. The tax assessed for the year is different 
to the standard rate of income tax in the Isle of Man of 0% (FY 2022: 0%). The differences are 
explained below:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the rate of income tax in 
the Isle of Man of 0% (FY 2022: 0%)
Impact of higher overseas tax rate
Adjustments in relation to prior years’ overseas tax provisions

Total taxation charge/(credit)

2023
£000s

17,703

–
1,543
–

1,543

2022
£000s

16,050

–
518
(1,323)

(805) 

The Group is subject to Isle of Man income tax on profits at the rate of 0% (FY 2022: 0%),  
UK corporation tax on profits at a rate of 25% (FY 2022: 19%), Chinese corporate income tax  
on profits at the rate of 25% (FY 2022: 25%), Italian corporate income tax on profits at a rate  
of 27.9% (FY 2022: 27.9%), Australian income tax on profits at the rate of 30% (FY 2022: 30%)  
and New Zealand corporate income tax on profits at the rate of 28% (FY 2022: 28%).

10.  Earnings per share
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings (£000s)
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share 

Number of shares (000s)
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic 
earnings per share
Weighted average dilutive effect of share awards 

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted 
earnings per share

Earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Basic earnings per ordinary share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (pence)(1)
Basic adjusted earnings per ordinary share(1)
Diluted adjusted earnings per ordinary share(1)

114

2023

2022

16,203

16,790

218,713
3,422

209,911
2,585

222,135 

212,496

7.4 
7.3 

9.2 
9.0 

8.0
7.9

10.9
10.8

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202311.  Intangible assets 

At 1 January 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Transfers
Purchase consideration refund
Fair value adjustments (note 14)
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated amortisation)
Amortisation charge
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

2023

Intellectual 
property
£000s

Customer 
relationships 
£000s

Brands
£000s

Goodwill
£000s

Intangible assets 
under 
construction
£000s

Development 
costs
£000s

19,428
(7,716)

11,712

3,870
–
–
–
(494)
184
(1,304)
(292)

Software
£000s

4,452
(1,817)

2,635

448
9
–
–
(50)
46
(641)
(5)

1,482
(256)

1,226

464
42
–
–
–
–
(159)
(31)

18,549
(703)

17,846

–
(116)
–
(84)
–
–
(1,261)
(9)

19,785
–

19,785

–
28
–
–
–
–
–
(139)

20,067
–

20,067

–
69
(1,046)
654
–
–
–
(374)

13,676

2,442

1,542

16,376

19,674

19,370

22,742
(9,066)

13,676

4,848
(2,406)

2,442

1,950
(408)

1,542

18,222
(1,846)

16,376

19,674
–

19,674

19,370
–

19,370

Total
£000s

83,866
(10,492)

73,374

5,024
–
(1,046)
570
(544)
230
(3,365)
(834)

73,409

87,135
(13,726)

73,409

103
–

103

242
(32)
–
–
–
–
–
16

329

329
–

329

Amortisation charges have been treated as an expense, and are allocated to cost of sales (£1,709,000), distribution costs (£nil) and administrative expenses (£1,656,000) in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income. 

The Group’s goodwill, customer relationships and brands predominantly relate to those arising on the acquisition of LAICA which was completed in 2020, and also on the acquisition of the Billi entities, 
which were acquired in 2022 (note 14). 

115

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

11.  Intangible assets (continued)
LAICA S.p.A. and subsidiaries intangible assets impairment review
The carrying values of goodwill and brands of £8.6m (FY 2022: £8.8m) and £6.4m (FY 2022: 
£6.5m) respectively have been subject to an annual impairment test, and the recoverable 
amounts assessed at each CGU level determined on the basis of value-in-use calculations over  
a five-year forecast period for goodwill and a 20-year period for brands. The key assumptions 
applied in the value-in-use calculations for LAICA are a discount rate of 11.8%, (FY 2022: 12%) 
variable trading margins, variable revenue growth rates as well as the terminal growth rate of 2% 
(FY 2022: 2%). Based on these calculations, there is sufficient headroom over the carrying values 
of goodwill and brands hence no impairment has been recognised in the current year and there 
were no reversals of prior year impairments during the year (FY 2022: same). 

The results of the Group impairment tests are dependent upon estimates and judgements, 
particularly in relation to the key assumptions described above. Sensitivity analysis to a 
reasonable and possible change in the most sensitive assumptions, being the discount and 
growth rates, was undertaken. An increase of 1% in the discount rate or a decrease of 1% in  
the growth rate would decrease the headroom of £20.2m by c.£2.4m for goodwill and would 
extinguish the headroom of £0.4m for brands.

Billi entities intangible assets impairment review
For impairment testing, the goodwill and brands acquired in the acquisition of Billi are allocated  
to three CGUs. 

Carrying amount of goodwill and brands allocated to each of the CGUs:

CGU

Billi Australia
Billi New Zealand
Billi UK

Total

Goodwill

Brands

Total

2023
£000s

7,944
260
2,289

2022
£000s

8,241
270
2,374

2023
£000s

9,555
1,165
2,548

2022
£000s

9,555
1,165
2,548

2023
£000s

17,499
1,425
4,837

10,493

10,885

13,268

13,268

23,761

2022
£000s

17,796
1,435
4,922

24,153

Billi Australia CGU
The carrying values of existing goodwill and brands of £7.9m (FY 2022: £8.2m) and £9.5m  
(FY 2022: £9.5m) for the Billi Australia CGU were subject to an annual impairment test for the first 
time, and the recoverable amounts determined on the basis of value-in-use calculations over a 
five-year and ten-year forecast period respectively. The key assumptions applied in the value- 
in-use calculations are a discount rate of 14.91%, variable trading margins and variable revenue 
growth rates. Based on these calculations, there is sufficient headroom over the carrying values 
of goodwill and brands hence no impairment has been recognised in the current year.
116

The results of the Group impairment tests are dependent upon estimates and judgements, 
particularly in relation to the key assumptions described above. Sensitivity analysis to a 
reasonable and possible change in the most sensitive assumption, being the discount rate,  
was undertaken. An increase of 1% would decrease the headroom of £46.6m by c.£1.8m for 
goodwill and would decrease the headroom of £0.6m by c.£0.4m for brands.

Billi New Zealand CGU
The carrying values of existing goodwill and brands of £0.26m (FY 2022: £0.27m) and £1.1m 
(FY 2022: £1.1m) for the Billi New Zealand CGU were subject to an annual impairment test for the 
first time, and the recoverable amounts determined on the basis of value-in-use calculations over 
a five-year and ten-year forecast period respectively. The key assumptions applied in the value- 
in-use calculations are a discount rate of 16.24%, variable trading margins and variable revenue 
growth rates. Based on these calculations, there is sufficient headroom over the carrying values  
of goodwill and brands hence no impairment has been recognised in the current year.

The results of the Group impairment tests are dependent upon estimates and judgements, 
particularly in relation to the key assumptions described above. Sensitivity analysis to a reasonable 
and possible change in the most sensitive assumption, being the discount rate, was undertaken. 
An increase of 1% would decrease the headroom of £5.5m by c.£0.3m for goodwill and would 
decrease the headroom of £0.07m by c.£0.05m for brands.

Billi UK CGU
The carrying values of existing goodwill and brands of £2.2m (FY 2022: £2.3m) and £2.5m  
(FY 2022: £2.5m) for the Billi UK CGU were subject to an annual impairment test for the first  
time, and the recoverable amounts determined on the basis of value-in-use calculations over a 
five-year and ten-year forecast period respectively. The key assumptions applied in the value- 
in-use calculations are a discount rate of 15.36%, variable trading margins and variable revenue 
growth rates. Based on these calculations, there is sufficient headroom over the carrying values 
of goodwill and brands hence no impairment has been recognised in the current year. 

The results of the Group impairment tests are dependent upon estimates and judgements, 
particularly in relation to the key assumptions described above. Sensitivity analysis to a reasonable 
and possible change in the most sensitive assumption, being the discount rate, was undertaken. 
An increase of 1% would decrease the headroom of £12.9m by c.£1.0m for goodwill and would 
decrease the headroom of £0.15m by c.£0.11m for brands.

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202311.  Intangible assets (continued)

At 1 January 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Acquisitions of subsidiaries (note 14)
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated amortisation)
Amortisation charge
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December 
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net book value

Development 
costs
£000s

Software
£000s

Intellectual 
property
£000s

Customer 
relationships 
£000s

2022

15,971
(6,565)

9,406

3,326
3
(20)
1
(1,103)
99

11,712

19,428
(7,716)

11,712

4,186
(1,153)

3,033

178
4
–
–
(605)
25

1,128
(111)

1,017

272
–
–
–
(145)
82

2,635

1,226

4,452
(1,817)

2,635

1,482
(256)

1,226

2,232
(196)

2,036

–
15,912
–
–
(210)
108

17,846

18,549
(703)

17,846

Brands
£000s

6,174
–

6,174

–
13,283
–
–
–
328

19,785

19,785
–

19,785

Goodwill
£000s

8,736
–

8,736

–
10,885
–
–
–
446

20,067

20,067
–

20,067

Intangible assets 
under 
construction
£000s

66
–

66

34
–
–
–
–
3

103

103
–

103

Total
£000s

38,493
(8,025)

30,468

3,810
40,087
(20)
1
(2,063)
1,091

73,374

83,866
(10,492)

73,374

Amortisation charges have been treated as an expense, and are allocated to cost of sales (£1,707,000), distribution costs (£nil) and administrative expenses (£356,000) in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income. 

117

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

12.  Property, plant and equipment 

Plant & 
machinery
£000s

Fixtures, fittings 
& equipment
£000s

Motor vehicles
£000s

Production tools
£000s

Land & buildings
£000s

Right-of-use 
assets  
(note 26)
£000s

Point-of-use 
dispensers
£000s

Assets under 
construction
£000s

2023

At 1 January
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Transfers 
Fair value adjustments (note 14)
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated depreciation)
Depreciation charge 
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

29,988
(15,775)

14,213

79 
742 
–
(183) 
164 
(1,553) 
(38) 

13,424 

30,530 
(17,106) 

13,424 

8,124
(4,604)

3,520

705 
–
–
(378) 
240 
(1,010) 
(27) 

3,050 

8,315 
(5,265) 

3,050 

375
(331)

44

67 
–
–
(67) 
65 
(24) 
(1) 

84 

13,693
(11,049)

2,644

20,690
(978)

19,712

101 
492 
–
(11) 
6 
(601) 
1 

332 
– 
–
– 
– 
(452) 
(2) 

2,632 

19,590 

8,678
(5,053)

3,625

2,321 
– 
–

(1,143) 
1,127 
(1,321) 
(99) 

4,510 

289 
(205) 

84 

14,272 
(11,640) 

21,012 
(1,422) 

2,632 

19,590 

9,573 
(5,063) 

4,510 

1,430
(71)

1,359

297 
– 
(136)
(36) 
30 
(380) 
– 

1,134 

1,553 
(419) 

1,134 

Total
£000s

85,225
(37,861)

47,364

4,709 
– 
(136)
(1,836) 
1,632 
(5,341) 
(177) 

2,247
–

2,247

807 
(1,234) 

–
(18) 
– 
– 
(11) 

1,791 

46,215 

1,791 
– 

1,791 

87,335 
(41,120) 

46,215 

Depreciation charges are allocated to cost of sales (£4,021,000), distribution costs (£190,000) and administrative expenses (£1,130,000) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

118

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202312.  Property, plant and equipment (continued)

At 1 January
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Period ended 31 December
Additions
Acquisition of Billi (note 14)
Disposals (cost)
Disposals (accumulated depreciation)
Depreciation charge 
Exchange differences

Closing net book value

At 31 December
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Plant & 
machinery
£000s

Fixtures, fittings 
& equipment
£000s

Motor vehicles
£000s

Production tools
£000s

Land & buildings
£000s

Right-of-use 
assets  
(note 26)
£000s

Point-of-use 
dispensers
£000s

Assets under 
construction
£000s

2022

26,093 
(13,812) 

12,281 

2,904
419
(90)
53
(1,402)
48

14,213

29,988
(15,775)

14,213

5,833 
(3,084) 

2,749 

1,503
211
(237)
157
(883)
20

3,520

8,124
(4,604)

3,520

218 
(185) 

33 

23
17
(1)
1
(23)
(6)

44

375
(331)

44

12,829 
(10,564) 

2,265 

20,541

(529) 

20,012 

6,450 
(3,203) 

3,247 

864
–
–
–
(484)
(1)

125
–
–
–
(426)
1

505
1,237
(698)
125
(920)
129

2,644

19,712

3,625

13,693
(11,049)

2,644

20,690
(978)

19,712

8,678
(5,053)

3,625

– 
– 

–

–
1,386
–
–
(63)
36

1,359

1,430
(71)

1,359

Total
£000s

74,140 
(31,377) 

42,763 

5,846
3,414
(1,026)
336
(4,201)
232

2,176 
– 

2,176 

(78)
144
–
–
–
5

2,247

47,364

2,247
–

2,247

85,225
(37,861)

47,364

Depreciation charges in the prior year were allocated to cost of sales (£3,149,000), distribution costs (£184,000), and administrative expenses (£868,000) in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

Point-of-use dispensers were acquired as part of the acquisition of Billi. Refer to note 14.

119

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

13.  Subsidiary undertakings and joint arrangements of the Group
A list of all subsidiary undertakings controlled by the Group, and existing joint arrangements the Group is currently part of, which are all included in the consolidated financial statements, is set 
out below: 

Name of entity 

Nature of business

Country of incorporation

% of ordinary shares 
held by the Group 

Nature of  
shareholding

Sula Limited
Strix Limited
Strix Guangzhou Limited
Strix (U.K.) Limited
Strix Hong Kong Limited
Strix (China) Limited
HaloSource Water Purification Technology (Shanghai) Co. Limited
Strix (USA), Inc.
LAICA S.p.A.
LAICA Iberia Distribution S.L.
LAICA International Corp.
Taiwan LAICA Corp.
LAICA Brand House Limited
Strix Australia Pty Limited
Billi UK Limited
Billi Australia Pty Limited
Billi New Zealand Limited
Billi R&D Limited
Billi Financial Services Limited

Holding company
Manufacture and sale of products
Dormant company
Holding company and the Group’s sale and distribution centre
Sale and distribution of products
Manufacture and sale of products
Manufacture and sales of products
Research and development, sales, and distribution of products
Manufacture and sales of products
Sale and distribution of products
Sale and distribution of products
Sale and distribution of products
Holding and licensing of trademarks
Holding company
Manufacture and sale of products
Manufacture and sale of products
Manufacture and sale of products
Research and development 
Financial Services

Isle of Man
Isle of Man
China
United Kingdom
Hong Kong
China
China
USA
Italy
Spain
Taiwan
Taiwan
Hong Kong
Australia
United Kingdom
Australia
New Zealand
Australia
Australia

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
67
67
45
100
100
100
100
100
100

Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Joint venture
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Subsidiary

On 31 December 2023, LAICA S.p.A. entered in a share transfer agreement to sell the shares of Foshan Yilai Life Electric Co. Ltd, a Chinese joint venture of which LAICA S.p.A. held 45% of the shares. The 
agreement provides LAICA S.p.A. to sell its shares for a total price of CYN900,000 to the company Guangdong Xinbao Electric Co., LTD. (transferee). This transaction was in the interest of LAICA S.p.A. 
as the company Foshan Yilai Life Electric Co. Ltd was loss-making. The Group recognised a gain of £85,000 in its consolidated statement of comprehensive income with respect to this disposal.

Group restrictions
Cash and cash equivalents held in China are subject to local exchange control regulations. These regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from those countries, other than through 
normal dividends. The carrying amount of the cash and cash equivalents included within the consolidated financial statements to which these restrictions apply is £2,673,000 (FY 2022: £3,568,000). 
There are no other restrictions on the Group’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries.

120

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202314.  Acquisitions
Acquisitions made in the year ended 31 December 2023:
During the current year, there were no acquisitions of new subsidiaries or interests in joint 
ventures or associates.

Acquisitions made in the year ended 31 December 2022:
On 30 November 2022 (in the prior year), the Group, through its subsidiaries, Strix (U.K.) Limited 
and newly incorporated Strix Australia Pty Limited, acquired 100% of the share capital of Billi 
Australia Pty Ltd, Billi New Zealand Ltd, and certain assets and liabilities through a newly acquired 
company, Billi UK Ltd, (all together referred to as ‘Billi’). The initial consideration for the acquisition 
was £38,912,000 paid in cash. Following finalisation of the completion accounts for the Billi 
acquisition, an amount of £1,046,000 of the consideration was adjusted and repaid in the  
current year bringing the final consideration paid to £37,866,000.

In the prior year financial statements, the accounting for the acquisition of Billi included 
preliminary amounts of fair values of assets and liabilities acquired. Initially, these were measured 
on a provisional basis to allow for any potential adjustments resulting from any new information 
obtained within one year of the date of acquisition about facts and circumstances that existed  
at the date of acquisition. As at the end of the current financial year ended 31 December 2023,  
one year has passed after the acquisition, and it was confirmed that new information came to  
light that prompted a revision to the fair value amounts recognised for intangible assets, property, 
plant and equipment, inventories, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and 
deferred tax liability at acquisition date. Consequently, the amounts recognised at acquisition 
date have been updated to reflect the increase in the fair value of trade and other payables in the 
amount of £291,000 and the decrease in the fair values of intangible assets of £84,000, property, 
plant and equipment of £136,000, inventories of £140,000, trade and other receivables of £32,000 
and deferred tax liability of £29,000.

The consideration refund and the adjustments in fair values resulted in a decrease in the amount 
of goodwill recognised of £392,000. The final fair values at acquisition date of the assets and 
liabilities acquired were as follows:

Non-current assets
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment
Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Book values
£000s

Fair value 
adjustments
£000s

Fair  
values as 
previously 
reported
£000s

Final 
adjustments
£000s

Fair values
£000s

5,993 
3,609 
130 

9,732 

6,461 
9,152 
1,254 

23,209 
(195)
– 

29,202 
3,414 
130 

(84)
(136)
– 

29,118 
3,278 
130 

23,014 

32,746 

(220)

32,526 

(376)
– 
– 

6,085 
9,152 
1,254 

(140)
(32)
– 

5,945 
9,120 
1,254 

Total current assets

16,867 

(376)

16,491 

(172)

16,319 

Total assets

26,599 

22,638 

49,237 

(392)

48,845 

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities more than 1 year
Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities more than 1 year

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets acquired

900 
654 

1,554 

10,919 
380 

11,299 

12,853 

13,746 

– 
8,357 

8,357 

900 
9,011 

9,911 

– 
– 

– 

10,919 
380 

11,299 

– 
(29)

(29)

291 
– 

291 

900 
8,982 

9,882 

11,210 
380 

11,590 

8,357 

21,210 

262 

21,472 

14,281 

28,027 

(654)

27,373 

Values have been translated at the closing exchange rates as at the acquisition date.

121

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

14.  Acquisitions (continued)
Acquisitions made in the year ended 31 December 2022: (continued)
The fair values of the intangible assets were calculated using an income approach (multi-period 
excess earnings method for customer-related assets and the royalty relief method for brands) 
based on a discounted cash flow model that reflects the expected future income they will 
generate. The discount rates applied to customer related assets were based on the assessed 
weighted average cost of capital for each territory of operations ranging from 14.9% to 16.2%, with 
a 1% premium applied to brands, and a growth rate based on forecasted revenues. The economic 
life of brands and customer relationships applied within the model range from 11 years to 15 years. 
A deferred tax liability of £8,328,000 has been recognised on the fair value adjustments to 
intangible assets at the applicable corporate tax rates. 

The fair value of acquired receivables shown in the table above and gross contractual amounts 
differed by a loss allowance of £178,000.

Acquisition costs included within ‘Administration expenses – adjusting items’ in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income amounted to £2.6m. These were designated as a ‘separate 
transaction’ per IFRS 3 and therefore not included as part of the purchase consideration. 

Net cash flow on acquisition of the business was £37,658,000 made up of purchase 
consideration of £38,912,000 less net cash acquired with the business of £1,254,000.

Acquisition of LAICA
The Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of LAICA S.p.A. in October 2020. The total 
consideration transferred for the acquisition was £24.4m (€26.9m), made up of £11.7m (€13.0m) 
paid in cash, the issue of 3,192,236 Strix Group Plc ordinary shares of £0.01 each with a total fair 
value of £7.3m (€8.0m), and a further contingent consideration with a fair value of £5.4m (€5.9m) 
representing an amount payable in cash subject to certain conditions being met, including 
threshold financial targets for the financial years ending 31 December 2021 and 2022. Based on 
an arbitration process which was finalised in February 2023 and the financial results of LAICA 
S.p.A. for the year ended 31 December 2022, the actual fair value of the estimated contingent 
consideration payable to the vendor shareholders was recorded at £4.9m (€5.6m) in 2022. 

In addition, a supplemental consulting arrangement was entered into with the vendor shareholders 
of LAICA under which total costs amounting to £4.4m (€4.9m) were payable in the financial years 
ending 31 December 2021 and 2022, relating to compensation for post-combination services 
contingent on the vendors remaining in service. These costs were accrued as the services are 
rendered to LAICA. As at 31 December 2022, £2.6m (€2.9m) was accrued for services rendered  
to date.

The accruals relating to both the contingent consideration and the compensation for the 
supplemental consulting agreement were reflected as current liabilities as at 31 December 2022. 
These amounts totalling £7.5m were paid in the current year. 

Billi contributed revenues of £41,300,000 (FY 2022: £2,700,000) and an adjusted profit after tax 
of £5,600,000 (FY 2022: £600,000) to the Group. If Billi had been acquired at the beginning of 
2022, its contribution to revenues and adjusted profits after tax for that year would have been 
£38,800,000 and £5,600,000 respectively.

15.  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Finished goods and goods in transit

2023
£000s

9,444
15,996

25,440

2022
£000s

11,242 
16,460 

27,702 

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to 
£59,181,000 (FY 2022: £44,241,000). There were no inventory write-downs in 2023 (FY 2022: £nil).

The revised goodwill at acquisition of £10,493,000 was calculated as the revised purchase 
consideration of £37,866,000, less the fair value of the net assets acquired of £27,373,000.  
The goodwill was attributable to new growth opportunities, workforce and synergies of the 
combined business operations and it is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 

122

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202316.  Trade and other receivables and current income tax receivables

The Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Trade receivables – current
Trade receivables – past due

Trade receivables – gross
Loss allowance 

Trade receivables – net 

Prepayments 
Advance purchase of commodities 
VAT receivable
Tax receivable
Other receivables 

2023
£000s

2022
£000s

11,495
8,419

19,914
(222)

19,692

1,448
1,477
1,399
220
3,697

15,967 
3,580 

19,547 
(158) 

19,389 

2,335
2,344
1,279
497
4,444

27,933

30,288

Pound Sterling 
Chinese Yuan 
US Dollar 
Euro 
Hong Kong Dollar 
Australian Dollar
New Zealand Dollar
Taiwan Dollar

2023
£000s

8,176
3,068
5,740
6,788
84
3,539
469
69

2022
£000s

7,773
2,520
3,993 
8,401
120
6,839
512
130

27,933

30,288

Movements on the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables and the inputs and 
estimation technique used to calculate expected credit losses have not been disclosed on  
the basis the amounts are not material. The provision at 31 December 2023 was £222,000  
(FY 2022: £158,000).

Trade and other receivables carrying values are considered to be equivalent to their fair values. 
The amount of trade receivables impaired at 31 December 2023 is equal to the loss allowance 
provision (FY 2022: same).

17.  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies: 

The advance purchase of commodities relates to a payment or payments in advance to secure 
the purchase of key commodities at an agreed price to mitigate the commodity price risk. 

Other receivables include receivables from licensing income of £992,000 (FY 2022: £1,191,000) 
and £1,966,000 (FY 2022: £2,184,000) rebates receivable from suppliers from procurements made 
in prior years. Settlement of the rebates receivable from suppliers will be via net cash settlement 
of future purchases.

Government grants due amounted to £73,000 (FY 2022: £nil). There were no unfulfilled conditions 
in relation to these grants at the year end, although if the Group ceases to operate or leaves the 
Isle of Man within ten years from the date of the last grant payment, funds may be reclaimed.

The prior year other receivables include deferred tax assets of £313,000. In the current year, 
deferred tax assets have been presented separately under non-current assets. Refer to note 9.

Pound Sterling
Chinese Yuan
US Dollar
Euro
Hong Kong Dollar
Australian Dollar
New Zealand Dollar
Taiwan Dollar

2023
£000s

3,402
2,654
2,869
7,132
78
3,028
352
599

2022
£000s

15,155 
2,506 
6,959 
4,471 
211 
616 
159 
366 

20,114

30,443 

123

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

18.  Trade and other payables and current income tax liabilities

19.  Borrowings

Trade payables
Current income tax liabilities
Social security and other taxes
Customer rebates provisions
Capital creditors
VAT liabilities
Other liabilities
Payments in advance from customers
Accrued expenses

2023
£000s

13,847
2,074
410
179
756
721
3,618
2,483
5,151

2022
£000s

10,010
444
368
745
2,848
546
7,308
2,270
5,868

29,239

30,407

The fair value of financial liabilities approximates their carrying value due to short maturities. 
Other liabilities include goods received not invoiced amounts of £1,436,000 (FY 2022: £1,189,000) 
and an accrual of costs incurred as part of the Billi acquisition of £nil (FY 2022: £3,356,000). 

Movement in payments in advance from customers were all driven by normal trading, with the  
full amounts due at beginning of the year released to revenues in the current year. 

Trade and other payables and current income tax liabilities are denominated in the following 
currencies:

Total current borrowings(1)
Total non-current borrowings

2023
£000s

16,062
89,743

105,805

2022
£000s

14,734
103,092

117,826

1  The current year borrowings include the interest accrued portion of £2,031,000 in contrast to prior year where interest 

accrued of £555,000 was included in accrued expenses within Trade and other payables.

Current bank borrowings include small individual short-term arrangements for financing 
purchases and optimising cash flows within the Italian subsidiary and were entered into by  
LAICA S.p.A. prior to its acquisition by the Group in 2020. 

Current and non-current borrowings are shown net of loan arrangement fees of £1,023,000 
(FY 2022: £956,000) and £888,000 (FY 2022: £1,770,000), respectively.

Total cash outflows relating to loan repayments and interest payments were £15,114,000 
(FY 2022: net drawdown of £46,487,000) and £7,611,000 (FY 2022: £3,263,000) respectively.

Term and debt repayment schedule for long term borrowings 

Currency Interest rate

Maturity date

31 December 
2023 
Commitments

31 December 
2022 
Commitments

Pound Sterling
Chinese Yuan
US Dollar
Euro
Hong Kong Dollar
Australian Dollar
New Zealand Dollar
Taiwan Dollar

124

2023
£000s

6,582
11,353
2,412
3,342
135
5,116
191
108

29,239

2022
£000s

10,069
7,228
1,051
4,461
198
6,408
881
111

30,407

Revolving credit facility B GBP
GBP
Term loan (facility A)
EUR
Unicredit facility
EUR
Banco BPM
EUR
BNP Paribas
EUR
Credito Emiliano
EUR
Banco BPM
EUR
Banco BPM
EUR
Banco BPM
EUR
Other

SONIA + 2.15% to 4% 25-Oct-25
SONIA + 2.15% to 4% 30-Nov-25
EURIBOR 6M + 1.2% 28-Jun-24
30-Nov-23
1.45%
31-Jan-24
4.07%
5 Jan-24
4.75%
3 Jan-23
1.69%
3 Jan-23
1.69%
28-Feb-23
1.00%

80,120 
24,818 
43 
– 
379 
433 
– 
– 
– 
12 

105,805 

77,274 
39,000 
133 
167 
436 
221 
112 
54 
432 
(3) 

117,826 

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  Borrowings (continued)
The existing revolving credit facility (RCF) agreement was refinanced and amended on 
25 October 2022 as follows:

The fair values of the Group’s borrowings are not materially different from their carrying amounts, 
since the interest payable on those borrowings is close to current market rates and the 
borrowings are of a short-term nature. 

New lenders – Barclays Bank Plc and HSBC Bank Plc came on board as new lenders under the 
restated agreement.

Term loan (facility A) – The Company has a three-year term loan of £39,000,000 payable by  
11 fixed repayments with the first quarterly repayment of £3,545,000 on 31 March 2023. The 
purpose of the term loan was to part finance the acquisition of Billi. As at 31 December 2023,  
the outstanding balance on the term loan is £24,818,000 (FY 2022: £39,000,000).

RCF – The Group has a RCF of £80,000,000. In 2022, the termination date was amended to  
four years being 25 October 2025, with an option to extend the term for a further 12 months 
thereafter. The RCF was utilised to finance the acquisition of LAICA as well as other significant 
capital projects including the new factory in China and the ongoing working capital needs  
of the Group. 

Under the amended agreement, the purpose of the RCF remains the same. As at 31 December 
2023, the total facility available is £80,000,000 (FY 2022: £80,000,000). 

All amounts become immediately repayable and undrawn amounts cease to be available for 
drawdown in the event of a third-party gaining control of the Company. The Company and  
its material subsidiaries have entered into the agreement as guarantors, guaranteeing the 
obligations of the borrower under the agreement.

Interest applied to the RCF is calculated as the sum of the margin and SONIA. The margin under 
the amended agreement was 3.5% until 31 March 2023, and then 2.85% from 1 April 2023 to 
30 June 2023, and thereafter the margin is dependent on the net leverage of the Group based  
on the following table:

Leverage

Greater than or equal to 3.0:1
Less than 3.0:1 but greater than or equal to 2.5:1
Less than 2.5:1 but greater than or equal to 2.0:1
Less than 2.0:1 but greater than or equal to 1.5:1
Less than 1.5:1 but greater than or equal to 1.0:1
Less than 1.0:1

Facility A Margin 
% p.a.

Facility B Margin 
% p.a.

4.00
3.50
2.85
2.35
2.15
2.00

4.00
3.50
2.85
2.35
2.15
2.00

At 31 December 2023, the margin applied was 2.85% (FY 2022: 3.5%). The fair values of the 
borrowings are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest payable  
on those borrowings is either close to current market rates or the borrowings are of a short-term 
nature.

20.  Capital commitments

Transactions costs amounting to £200,000 (FY 2022: £2,324,000) incurred as part of refinancing 
and amending the RCF agreement were capitalised and are being amortised over the period of 
three years.

Contracted for but not provided in the consolidated financial 
statements – Property, plant and equipment

2023
£000s

245

2022
£000s

695

The various agreements contain representations and warranties which are usual for an 
agreement of this nature. The agreements also provide for the payment of commitment fees, 
agency fees and arrangement fees, contain certain undertakings, guarantees and covenants 
(including financial covenants) and provide for certain events of default. During 2023, the Group 
has not breached any of the financial covenants contained within the agreements – see note 
22(d) for further details (FY 2022: same).

The above commitments include capital expenditure of £148,000 (FY 2022: £547,000) relating  
to plant and machinery and production equipment for the factory in China.

21.  Contingent assets and contingent liabilities
There continues a number of ongoing intellectual property infringement cases initiated by  
the Group, as well as patent validation challenges brought by the defendants. All of these cases 
are still subject to due legal process in the countries in which the matters have been raised. As a 
result, no contingent assets have been recognised at 31 December 2023 (FY 2022: same), as any 
receipts are dependent on the final outcome of each case. There are also no corresponding 
contingent liabilities at 31 December 2023 (FY 2022: same).

125

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

22.  Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, 
interest rate risk and commodity price risk), credit risk, liquidity risk and capital management risk.

Risk management is carried out by the Directors. The Group uses financial instruments where 
required to provide flexibility regarding its working capital requirements and to enable it to 
manage specific financial risks to which it is exposed. Transactions are only undertaken if  
they relate to actual underlying exposures and hence cannot be viewed as speculative. 

(a)  Market risk
(i)  Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates in the Isle of Man, UK, EU, US, Australia, New Zealand and China and is 
therefore exposed to foreign exchange risk. Foreign exchange risk arises on sales and purchases 
made in foreign currencies and on recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in 
foreign operations.

The Group monitors its exposure to currency fluctuations on an ongoing basis. The Group uses 
foreign currency bank accounts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency translation risk, and 
the Group is naturally hedged against foreign exchange risk as it both generates revenues and 
incurs costs in the major currencies with which it deals. The major currencies the Group 
transacts in are:
•  British Pounds (GBP)
•  Chinese Yuan (CNY)
•  United States Dollar (USD)
•  Euro (EUR)
•  Hong Kong Dollar (HKD)
•  Australian Dollar (AUD)
•  New Zealand Dollar (NZD)
•  Taiwan Dollar (TWD)

In December 2022, the Group entered into USD/GBP and USD/EUR forward exchange rate 
contracts to sell the notional amount of US$8,500,000 and hence mitigate the risk and impact of 
volatile exchange rate movements seen during the year on Group profits. The fair value of these 
contracts at the prior year end was considered not material. 

Exposure by currency is analysed in notes 16, 17 and 18.

(ii)  Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its long-term borrowings, being the revolving credit 
facility, term loan and other borrowings disclosed in note 19. The interest rates on the revolving 
credit facility are variable, based on SONIA and certain other conditions dependent on the 
financial condition of the Group, which exposes the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which  
is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Other borrowings are made up of both fixed rate 
loans and variable loans based on EURIBOR. 

(iii)  Price risk
The Group is exposed to price risk, principally in relation to commodity prices of raw materials. 
The Group enters into forward commodity contracts or makes payments in advance in order  
to mitigate the impact of price movements on its gross margin. The Group has not designated 
any of these contracts as hedging instruments in either 2023 or 2022 as they relate to physical 
commodities being purchased for the Group’s own use. At 31 December 2023 and 2022, payments 
were made in advance to buy certain commodities at fixed prices, as disclosed in note 16. 

(iv)  Sensitivity analysis
Foreign exchange risk: The Group is primarily exposed to exchange rate fluctuations between 
GBP and USD, CNY, HKD, EUR, TWD, AUD and NZD. Assuming a reasonably possible change in FX 
rates of +10% (FY 2022: +10%), the impact on profit would be a decrease of £2,460,000 (FY 2022: 
a decrease of £319,000), and the impact on equity would be a decrease of £1,487,000 (FY 2022: 
decrease of £738,000). A -10% change (FY 2022: -10%) in FX rates would cause an increase in 
profit of £3,010,000 (FY 2022: an increase in profit of £390,000) and a £1,822,000 increase in 
equity (FY 2022: £902,000 decrease in equity). This has been calculated by taking the profit 
generated by each currency and recalculating a comparable figure on a constant currency basis, 
and by retranslating the amounts in the consolidated balance sheet to calculate the effect 
on equity.

Interest rate risk: The Group is exposed to interest rate fluctuations on its non-current 
borrowings, as disclosed in note 19. Assuming a reasonably possible change in the SONIA/
EURIBOR rate of ±0.5% (FY 2022: ±0.5%), the impact on profit would be an increase/decrease  
of £560,000 (FY 2022: £476,000), and the impact on equity would be an increase/decrease of 
£560,000 (FY 2022: £72,000). This has been calculated by recalculating the loan interest using 
the revised rate to calculate the impact on profit, and recalculating the year-end loan interest 
balance payable using the same rate.

126

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202322.  Financial risk management (continued)
(a)  Market risk (continued)
Commodity price risk: The Group is exposed to commodity price fluctuations, primarily in 
relation to copper and silver. Assuming a reasonably possible change in commodity prices of 
±13% for silver (FY 2022: ±13%) and ±15% for copper (FY 2022: ±15%) based on volatility analysis 
for the past year, the impact on profit would be an increase/decrease of £1,835,704 (FY 2022: 
£1,346,000). The Group does not hold significant quantities of copper and silver inventory, 
therefore the impact on equity would be the same as the profit or loss impact disclosed (FY 2022: 
same). This has been calculated by taking the average purchase price of these commodities 
during the year in purchase currency and recalculating the cost of the purchases with the price 
sensitivity applied.

(b)  Credit risk
The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of goods are made to clients with an 
appropriate credit history. The Group uses letters of credit and advance payments to minimise 
credit risk. Management believe there is no further credit risk provision required in excess of the 
normal provision for doubtful receivables, as disclosed in note 16. The amount of trade and other 
receivables written off during the year amounted to 0% of revenue (FY 2022: less than 0.07% 
of revenue).

Cash and cash equivalents are held with reputable institutions. All material cash amounts are 
deposited with financial institutions whose credit rating is at least B based on credit ratings 
according to Standard & Poor’s. At year-end, £4,732,000 (FY 2022: £19,456,000) was held with  
one financial institution with a credit rating of BBB and £4,462,000 (FY 2022: £nil) was held with  
one financial institution with a credit rating of BBB+.

(c)  Liquidity risk
The Group maintained significant cash balances throughout the period and hence suffers 
minimal liquidity risk. Cash flow forecasting is performed for the Group by the Finance function, 
which monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient 
cash to meet operational needs and so that the Group minimises the risk of breaching borrowing 
limits or covenants on any of its borrowing facilities. The Group has revolving credit facilities to 
provide access to cash for various purposes. The facilities were fully utilised as at 31 December 
2023 (FY 2022: fully utilised). 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities as at 31 December 2023 into relevant 
maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for all non-derivative financial liabilities. 
There are no derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the 
impact of discounting is not significant.

Less than 
6 months
£000s

6–12 
months
£000s

2 
years
£000s

26,034
12,007
852

– 
10,530
852

–
95,700
1,406

3–5 
years 
£000s

– 
– 
1,694

Over 
5 years
£000s

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
£000s

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
£000s

– 
– 
746

26,034
118,237
5,550

26,034
105,805
4,810

38,893

11,382

97,106

1,694

746

149,821

136,649

Trade and other 
payables
Borrowings
Lease liabilities

Total financial 
liabilities

The following table shows the external credit ratings of the institutions with whom the Group has 
cash deposits:

The table below analyses the respective financial liabilities as at 31 December 2022 (the prior year):

Credit risk 

AA
A+
A
BBB+
BBB
B
n/a

2023
£000s

2,635
1,037
3,280 
4,462
8,213
32 
455

20,114

2022
£000s

797
–
4,132
–
25,450
27
37

30,443

Trade and other 
payables
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Contingent 
consideration 
payable

Total financial 
liabilities

Less than 
6 months
£000s

6–12 
months
£000s

2 
years
£000s

3–5 
years 
£000s

30,407 
8,478 
535 

– 
7,212 
534 

– 
14,226 
1,247 

– 
90,636 
1,645 

7,532 

– 

–

–

46,952 

7,746 

15,473 

92,281 

Over 
5 years
£000s

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
£000s

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
£000s

– 
–
–

–

–

30,407 
120,552 
3,961 

30,407 
117,826 
3,888 

7,532 

7,532 

162,452 

159,653 

127

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

22.  Financial risk management (continued)
(d)  Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure its ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain 
an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. The aim of the Group is to maintain 
sufficient funds to enable it to make suitable capital investments whilst minimising recourse to 
bankers and/or shareholders. In order to maintain or adjust capital, the Group may adjust the 
amount of cash distributed to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares  
or raise debt through its access to the AIM market. 

Capital is monitored by the Group on a monthly basis by the Finance function. This includes the 
monitoring of the Group’s gearing ratios and monitoring the terms of the financial covenants 
related to the revolving credit facilities as disclosed in note 19. These ratios are formally reported 
on a quarterly basis. The financial covenants were complied with throughout the period. At 
31 December 2023 these ratios were as follows:

Debt service coverage ratio: c.1.18x (FY 2022: c.7.00x) – minimum per facility terms is 1.10x; and

Leverage ratio: 2.19x (FY 2022: 2.24x) – maximum per facility terms is 2.25x.

As of 22 March 2024, the net debt leverage ratio maximum was reset to 2.75x EBITDA (from 2.25x 
EBITDA) for the remainder of the facility term.

(e)  Fair value hierarchy
This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the 
financial instruments that are recognised and measured at fair value in the financial statements. 
To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the Group 
has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting 
standards. An explanation of each level is as follows:

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded 
derivatives, and equity securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting 
period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid 
price. These instruments are included in level 1.

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for 
example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which 
maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific 
estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the 
instrument is included in level 2.

128

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the 
instrument is included in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities.

There have been no movements into or out of any levels during the year. There were no financial 
instruments held at fair value at the end of the current year (FY 2022: same).

The carrying amounts reflected in these financial statements for cash and cash equivalents, 
current trade and other receivables/payables and the fixed and floating rate bank borrowings 
approximate their fair values. 

23.  Share-based payments
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) terms
As part of the admission to trading on AIM in August 2017, the Group granted a number of share 
options to employees of the Group. All of the shares granted were subject to service conditions, 
being continued employment with the Group until the end of the vesting period. The shares 
granted to the Executive Directors and senior staff also included certain performance conditions 
which must be met, based on predetermined earnings per share, dividend pay-out, or share price 
targets for the three financial years from grant date. Further awards have been made since August 
2017 under the same scheme on similar terms, with additional ESG-related performance conditions 
added on for certain senior members of management.

During 2020, the Group amended the terms of the Isle of Man share options to conditional 
share awards. 

Participation in the plan is at the discretion of the Board and no individual has a contractual right 
to participate in the plan or to receive any guaranteed benefits. Where the employee is entitled to 
share options, these remain exercisable until the ten-year anniversary of the award date. Where 
the employee is entitled to conditional share awards, these are exercised on the vesting date.

The dividends that would be paid on a share in the period between grant and vesting reduce the 
fair value of the award if, in not owning the underlying shares, a participant does not receive the 
dividend income on these shares during the vesting period. 

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 202323.  Share-based payments (continued)
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) terms (continued)
All of the options and conditional share awards are granted under the plan for nil consideration 
and carry no voting rights. A summary of the options and conditional share awards is shown in the 
table below:

At 1 January 
Granted during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

As at 31 December 

2023
Number of shares

2022
Number of shares

1,654,667
2,821,338
(3,448)
(251,037)

3,054,161
600,131
(734,608)
(1,265,017)

4,221,520

1,654,667

The Group has recognised a total expense of £380,000 (FY 2022: gain of £491,000) in respect  
of equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the year ended 31 December 2023. 

For each of the tranches, the first day of the exercise period is the vesting date and the last  
day of the exercise period is the expiry date, as listed in the valuation model input table below. 
The weighted average contractual life of options and conditional share awards outstanding at 
31 December 2023 was 8.8 years (FY 2022: 8.7 years).

Valuation model inputs
The key inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton model for the purposes of estimating the fair values 
of the share options outstanding at the end of the year are as follows:

Share price 
on grant 
date (p)

290.00 
303.50
208.50 
96.90
59.60 

Expiry date

21 April 2031
1 January 2032
21 April 2031
20 April 2033
1 November 2033

Grant date

21 April 2021
1 January 2022
21 April 2022
20 April 2023
1 November 2023

Total share options

Weighted 
average 
probability of 
meeting 
performance 
criteria

26.3%
0.0%
6.8%
9.3%
0.0%

Share options 
outstanding at 
31 December 2023

Share options 
outstanding at 
31 December 2022

747,493 
9,164 
382,359 
1,340,208
229,216 

803,919 
9,164 
382,359 
–
–

2,708,440

1,195,442

The key inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton model for the purposes of estimating the fair values 
of the conditional share awards outstanding at the end of the year are as follows:

Share price 
on grant 
date (p)

Vesting date

290.00 31 December 2023
296.50 31 December 2023
296.50 31 December 2024
208.50 31 December 2024
96.90 31 December 2025

Weighted 
average 
probability of 
meeting 
performance 
criteria

Conditional share 
awards 
outstanding at 
31 December 2023

Conditional share 
awards 
outstanding at 
31 December 2022

0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%

210,253 
–
6,364 
160,571 
1,135,892 

225,204 
16,090 
9,323 
208,608 
– 

1,513,080

459,225

4,221,520

1,654,667

Grant date

21 April 2021
6 December 2021
6 December 2021
21 April 2022
20 April 2023

Total conditional 
share awards

Total share options 
and conditional 
share awards

The reduction in the fair value of the awards as a consequence of not being entitled to dividends 
reduced the charge for the options granted during the year by £20,000 (FY 2022: £nil) and the 
expected charge over the life of the options by a total of £20,000 (FY 2022: £nil). 

The other factors in the Black-Scholes-Merton model do not affect the calculation and have  
not been disclosed, as the share options were issued for nil consideration and do not have an 
exercise price. The weighted average fair value of the options outstanding at the period end was 
£1.5147 (FY 2022: £2.5719).

The movement within the share-based payments reserve during the period is as follows:

Shared-based payments reserves as at 1 January
Share-based payments transactions (note 5(a))
Other share-based payments
Share-based payments transferred to other reserves  
upon exercise/vesting

Shared-based payments reserve as at 31 December

2023 
£000s

202
380
–

(10)

572

2022 
£000s

2,039 
(491) 
(136) 

(1,210) 

202

Other movements
Other transactions recognised directly in equity in 2022 include the settlement of dividend 
entitlements previously accrued as part of the LTIP programme and employer contributions to 
national insurance for vested LTIPs. 

129

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

24.  Share capital and share premium

Number of 
shares
(000s)

Par value
£000s

Share 
premium
£000s

Total
£000s

26.  Leases
(a)  Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position
The consolidated statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Allotted and fully paid: ordinary shares of 1p each
Balance at 1 January 2023
Transaction costs
Share options exercised during the year (note 23)

218,711
–
3

2,186
–
–

21,675
(219)
–

23,861
(219)
–

Right-of-use assets 
Land and buildings

Balance at 31 December 2023

218,714

2,186

21,456

23,642

Total right-of-use assets 

2023
£000s

4,511

4,511

1,218
3,592

4,810

2022
£000s

3,625

3,625

1,069
2,819

3,888

Current future lease liabilities (due within 12 months) 
Non-current future lease liabilities (due in more than 12 months) 

Total future lease liabilities 

Additions to the right-of-use liabilities during the 2023 financial year were £2,321,000 
(FY 2022: £505,000). Disposals of right-of-use liabilities during the current year were £16,000 
(FY 2022: £586,000).

Short-term leases and leases of low values were recognised directly in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, amounting to £317,000 (FY 2022: £106,000). Total cash 
outflows relating to all lease payments, including short-term leases and leases of low values were 
£1,743,000 (FY 2022: £939,000).

The movement in lease liabilities is as follows: 

Balance as at 1 January
Additions
Disposals 
Adjustments to leases
Acquisition of Billi entities (note 14)
Repayments 
Interest expense (included in finance cost) 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance as at 31 December 

2023
£000s

3,888
2,321
(16)
(49)
–
(1,426)
198
(106)

4,810

2022
£000s

3,371 
505 
(586) 
– 
1,284 
(833) 
92 
55

3,888 

Under the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006, the Company is not required to have an authorised 
share capital. 

Transaction costs of £219,000 recognised directly in share premium relate to costs associated 
with the raise of equity for the acquisition of Billi.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and 
are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All shares rank pari passu in all 
respects including voting rights and dividend entitlement.

See note 23 for further information regarding share-based payments which may impact the share 
capital in future periods.

25.  Dividends
The following amounts were recognised as distributions in the year: 

Interim 2023 dividend of 0.9p per share (FY 2022: 2.75p)
Final 2022 dividend of 3.25p per share (FY 2021: 5.6p)

Total dividends recognised in the year 

No final dividend is proposed for financial year 2023 (FY 2022: 3.25p). 

No final dividend proposed for FY23 (FY 2022: 3.25p)

Total dividends proposed but not recognised in the year,  
and estimated to be recognised in the following year 

130

2023
£000s

1,967
7,103

9,070

2023
£000s

–

–

2022
£000s

5,699 
11,601 

17,300 

2022
£000s

7,108

7,108

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.  Leases (continued)
(b)  Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income
The statement of consolidated comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating 
to leases:

Other non-cash flow items include accrual of amounts relating to compensation for post- 
combination services, which were accrued part of the acquisition of LAICA as the services  
were rendered (see note 14).

Share-based payment transactions include other transactions recognised directly in equity 
included in the statement of changes of equity. 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Short-term and low value leases
Interest expense (included in finance cost) 

Total cost relating to leases 

(b)  Movement in net debt

2023
£000s

(1,321)
(317)
(198)

(1,836)

2022
£000s

(920)
(106)
(92)

(1,118)

Non–cash movements

At 
1 January 
2023
£000s 

Cash flows
£000s 

Currency 
movements
£000s 

Other 
movements
£000s 

At 
31 December 
2023
£000s 

(c)  Group as a lessor
Rental income recognised by the Group during the year is £4,750,000 (FY 2022: £383,000)  
which is included in the Premium Filtration Systems segment (see note 7). Future minimum 
rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are £2,209,000 (FY 2022: £1,348,000). 
These amounts are expected to be received within a year.

Borrowings, net of loan arrangement 
fees
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities from financing 
activities

(117,826)
(3,888)

15,114 
1,426 

39 
106 

(3,132) (105,805)
(4,810)
(2,454)

(121,714)

16,540 

145 

(5,586) (110,615)

27.  Statement of cash flows notes 
(a)  Cash generated from operations 

Cash flows from operating activities
Operating profit
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share of (profits)/losses from joint ventures
Other non-cash flow items
Share-based payment transactions
Net exchange differences

Changes in working capital:
Decrease/(increase) in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Note

2023
£000s

2022
£000s

27,914

19,916

12
12
11

23

4,020
1,321
3,365
(85)
73
380
(435)

36,553

1,639
(2,422)
3,132

38,902

3,281
920
2,063
18
1,275
(491)
188

27,170

(1,213)
3,159
(4,549)

24,567

Cash and cash equivalents

30,443

(10,136)

(193)

– 

20,114 

Net debt

(91,271)

6,404 

(48)

(5,586) (90,501)

28.  Ultimate beneficial owner 
There is not considered to be any ultimate beneficial owner, as the Company is listed on AIM.  
No single shareholder beneficially owns more than 25% of the Company’s share capital. 

29.  Related party transactions 
(a)  Identity of related parties
Related parties include all of the companies within the Group, however, these transactions 
and balances are eliminated on consolidation within the consolidated financial statements 
and are not disclosed, except for related party balances held with joint ventures which are 
not eliminated. 

The Group also operates a defined contribution pension scheme which is considered a 
related party. 

131

Corporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2023

29.  Related party transactions (continued)
(b)  Related party balances
Trading balances

Balance due from

Balance due to

Related party
LAICA Brand House Limited

2023
£000s

26

2022
£000s

26

(c)  Related party transactions
The following transactions with related parties occurred during the year:

Name of related party

Transactions with related parties
Revenue earned from LAICA Brand House Limited
Contributions paid to The Strix Limited Retirement Fund  
(note 5(c)(i))

2023
£000s

–

2023
£000s

3

2022
£000s

–

2022
£000s

3

(1,352)

(782)

Further information is given on the related party balances and transactions below:
•  Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5(b).
• 

Information about the pension schemes operated by the Group is disclosed in note 5(c),  
and transactions with the pension schemes operated by the Group relate to contributions 
made to those schemes on behalf of Group employees.
Information on dividends paid to shareholders is given in note 25.

• 

30.  Post balance sheet events 
As discussed in note 22(d), the net debt leverage ratio maximum was reset to 2.75x EBITDA  
(from 2.25x EBITDA) for the remainder of the facility term as of 22 March 2024.

The Group does not have any material events after the reporting period to disclose. 

132

Strix Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
Legal and Professional Advisors

Registered office
Strix Group Plc
Forrest House
Ronaldsway
Isle of Man
IM9 2RG

Principal bankers
The Royal Bank of Scotland International Limited
2 Athol Street
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM99 1AN

The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland
40 Mespil Road
Dublin 4
Ireland

Barclays Bank Plc
1 Churchill Place
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5HP

HSBC Bank Plc
8 Canada Square
London
E14 5HQ

Share registrars
Link Market Services (Isle of Man) Limited
Peveril Buildings
Peveril Square
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM99 1RZ

Financial PR and IR
IFC Advisory Limited
24 Cornhill
London
EC3V 3ND

Independent auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC
Sixty Circular Road
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM1 1SA

Nominated advisor and broker
Zeus Capital Limited
82 King Street
Manchester
M2 4WQ
and
10 Old Burlington Street
London
W1S 3AG

Joint broker
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited
150 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6ET

Solicitors
CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP
Cannon Place
78 Cannon Street
London
EC4N 6AF

Company number
014963V (Isle of Man)

Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: 
CarbonQuota) under the PAS2060 standard. 

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ 
certified forests and other controlled sources.  
This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified 
printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification. 

100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk  
which complies with RoHS legislation and meets  
the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel 
(Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of  
press chemicals are recycled for further use and,  
on average 99% of any waste associated with this 
production will be recycled and the remaining 1% 
used to generate energy. 

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land  
Trust, an international conservation charity, who 
offset carbon emissions through the purchase  
and preservation of high conservation value land. 
Through protecting standing forests, under threat  
of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would 
otherwise be released. 

Strix Group Plc
Forrest House
Ronaldsway
Isle of Man
IM9 2RG

Tel: +44 (0)1624 829 829
Email: info@strix.com

www.strixplc.com